Regen BLD-POTFILES.in
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
71 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
72 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
73 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
74 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
75 lang_statement_union). */
76 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
77 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
78 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
79 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
80 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
81 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
82
83 /* Forward declarations. */
84 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
85 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
86 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
87 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
88 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
89 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
90 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statements (void);
93 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
94 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
95 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
96 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
97 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
98 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
99 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
100
101 /* Exported variables. */
102 const char *output_target;
103 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
104 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
105 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
106 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
107 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
108 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
109 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
110 lang_statement_union). */
111 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
112 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
113 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
114 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
115 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
116 lang_statement_union). */
117 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
118 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
119 const char *entry_section = ".text";
120 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
121 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
122 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
123 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
124 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
125 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
126 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
127 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
128 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
129 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
130
131 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
132 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
133 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
134
135 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
136 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
137 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
138 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
139 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
140 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
141
142 #define new_stat(x, y) \
143 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
144
145 #define outside_section_address(q) \
146 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
147
148 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
149 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
150
151 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
152
153 void *
154 stat_alloc (size_t size)
155 {
156 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
157 }
158
159 static int
160 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
161 {
162 if (wildcardp (pattern))
163 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
164 return strcmp (pattern, name);
165 }
166
167 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
168 separator. If not, return NULL. */
169
170 static char *
171 archive_path (const char *pattern)
172 {
173 char *p = NULL;
174
175 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
176 return p;
177
178 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
179 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
180 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
181 return p;
182
183 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
184 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
185 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
186 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
187 #endif
188 return p;
189 }
190
191 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
192 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
193
194 static bfd_boolean
195 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
196 lang_input_statement_type *f)
197 {
198 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
199
200 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
201 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
202 && ((sep != file_spec)
203 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
204 {
205 match = TRUE;
206
207 if (sep != file_spec)
208 {
209 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
210 *sep = 0;
211 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
212 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
213 }
214 }
215 return match;
216 }
217
218 static bfd_boolean
219 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
220 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
221 {
222 struct unique_sections *unam;
223 const char *secnam;
224
225 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
226 && sec->owner != NULL
227 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
228 return !(os != NULL
229 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
230
231 secnam = sec->name;
232 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
233 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
234 return TRUE;
235
236 return FALSE;
237 }
238
239 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
240
241 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
242 false. */
243
244 static bfd_boolean
245 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
246 lang_input_statement_type *file)
247 {
248 struct name_list *list_tmp;
249
250 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
251 list_tmp;
252 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
253 {
254 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
255
256 if (p != NULL)
257 {
258 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
259 return TRUE;
260 }
261
262 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
263 return TRUE;
264
265 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
266 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
267 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
268 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
269 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
270 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
271 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
272 return TRUE;
273 }
274
275 return FALSE;
276 }
277
278 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
279 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
280 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
281 function is very fast. */
282
283 static void
284 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
285 lang_input_statement_type *file,
286 asection *s,
287 struct wildcard_list *sec,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
292 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
293 return;
294
295 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
296 }
297
298 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
299 but slowly. */
300
301 static void
302 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
303 lang_input_statement_type *file,
304 callback_t callback,
305 void *data)
306 {
307 asection *s;
308 struct wildcard_list *sec;
309
310 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
311 {
312 sec = ptr->section_list;
313 if (sec == NULL)
314 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
315
316 while (sec != NULL)
317 {
318 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
319
320 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
321 {
322 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
323
324 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
325 }
326
327 if (!skip)
328 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
329
330 sec = sec->next;
331 }
332 }
333 }
334
335 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
336 than one section with that name, we report that. */
337
338 typedef struct
339 {
340 asection *found_section;
341 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
342 } section_iterator_callback_data;
343
344 static bfd_boolean
345 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
346 {
347 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
348
349 if (d->found_section != NULL)
350 {
351 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
352 return TRUE;
353 }
354
355 d->found_section = s;
356 return FALSE;
357 }
358
359 static asection *
360 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
361 struct wildcard_list *sec,
362 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
363 {
364 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
365
366 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
367 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
368 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
369 return cb_data.found_section;
370 }
371
372 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
373 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
374
375 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
376 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
377
378 static bfd_boolean
379 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
380 {
381 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
382 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
383 }
384
385 static bfd_boolean
386 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
387 {
388 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
389 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
390 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
391 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
392 return FALSE;
393
394 pattern += 4;
395 name += 4;
396 while (*pattern != '*')
397 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
398 return FALSE;
399
400 return TRUE;
401 }
402
403 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
404 section name NAME. */
405
406 static unsigned long
407 get_init_priority (const char *name)
408 {
409 char *end;
410 unsigned long init_priority;
411
412 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
413 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
414 lower value means a higher priority.
415
416 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
417 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
418 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
419 .fini_array is backward.
420 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
421 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
422 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
423 is forward.
424 */
425 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
426 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
427 {
428 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
429 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
430 }
431 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
432 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
433 {
434 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
435 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
436 }
437
438 return 0;
439 }
440
441 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
442
443 static int
444 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
445 {
446 int ret;
447 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
448
449 switch (sort)
450 {
451 default:
452 abort ();
453
454 case by_init_priority:
455 ainit_priority
456 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
457 binit_priority
458 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
459 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
460 goto sort_by_name;
461 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
462 if (ret)
463 break;
464 else
465 goto sort_by_name;
466
467 case by_alignment_name:
468 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
469 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
470 if (ret)
471 break;
472 /* Fall through. */
473
474 case by_name:
475 sort_by_name:
476 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
477 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
478 break;
479
480 case by_name_alignment:
481 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
482 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
483 if (ret)
484 break;
485 /* Fall through. */
486
487 case by_alignment:
488 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
489 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
490 break;
491 }
492
493 return ret;
494 }
495
496 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
497 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
498 of sections are large. */
499
500 static lang_section_bst_type **
501 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
502 struct wildcard_list *sec,
503 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
504 asection *section)
505 {
506 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
507
508 tree = &wild->tree;
509 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
510 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
511 {
512 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
513 while (*tree)
514 tree = &((*tree)->right);
515 return tree;
516 }
517
518 while (*tree)
519 {
520 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
521 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
522 tree = &((*tree)->left);
523 else
524 tree = &((*tree)->right);
525 }
526
527 return tree;
528 }
529
530 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
531
532 static void
533 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
534 struct wildcard_list *sec,
535 asection *section,
536 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 lang_input_statement_type *file,
538 void *output)
539 {
540 lang_section_bst_type *node;
541 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
542 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
543
544 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
545
546 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
547 return;
548
549 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
550 node->left = 0;
551 node->right = 0;
552 node->section = section;
553
554 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
555 if (tree != NULL)
556 *tree = node;
557 }
558
559 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
560
561 static void
562 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
563 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
564 void *output)
565 {
566 if (tree->left)
567 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
568
569 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
570 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
571
572 if (tree->right)
573 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
574
575 free (tree);
576 }
577
578 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
579 wildcards */
580
581 static void
582 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
583 lang_input_statement_type *file,
584 callback_t callback,
585 void *data)
586 {
587 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
588 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
589 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
590 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
591 get processed in the bfd's order. */
592 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
593 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
595
596 if (multiple_sections_found)
597 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
598 else if (s0)
599 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
600 }
601
602 static void
603 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
604 lang_input_statement_type *file,
605 callback_t callback,
606 void *data)
607 {
608 asection *s;
609 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
610
611 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
612 {
613 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
614 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
615
616 if (!skip)
617 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
618 }
619 }
620
621 static void
622 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
623 lang_input_statement_type *file,
624 callback_t callback,
625 void *data)
626 {
627 asection *s;
628 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
629 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
630 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
631 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
632
633 if (multiple_sections_found)
634 {
635 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
636 return;
637 }
638
639 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
640 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
641 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
642 {
643 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
644 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
645 wildspec1. */
646 if (s == s0)
647 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
648 else
649 {
650 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
651 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
652
653 if (!skip)
654 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
655 data);
656 }
657 }
658 }
659
660 static void
661 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
662 lang_input_statement_type *file,
663 callback_t callback,
664 void *data)
665 {
666 asection *s;
667 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
668 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
669 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
670 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
671 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
672
673 if (multiple_sections_found)
674 {
675 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
676 return;
677 }
678
679 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
680 {
681 if (s == s0)
682 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
683 else
684 {
685 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
686 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
687
688 if (!skip)
689 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
690 else
691 {
692 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
693 if (!skip)
694 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
695 data);
696 }
697 }
698 }
699 }
700
701 static void
702 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
703 lang_input_statement_type *file,
704 callback_t callback,
705 void *data)
706 {
707 asection *s;
708 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
709 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
710 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
711 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
712 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
713 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
714
715 if (multiple_sections_found)
716 {
717 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
718 return;
719 }
720
721 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
722 if (multiple_sections_found)
723 {
724 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
725 return;
726 }
727
728 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
729 {
730 if (s == s0)
731 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
732 else
733 if (s == s1)
734 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
735 else
736 {
737 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
738 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
739 sname);
740
741 if (!skip)
742 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
743 data);
744 else
745 {
746 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
747 if (!skip)
748 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
749 callback, data);
750 }
751 }
752 }
753 }
754
755 static void
756 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
757 lang_input_statement_type *file,
758 callback_t callback,
759 void *data)
760 {
761 if (file->flags.just_syms)
762 return;
763
764 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
765 }
766
767 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
768 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
769 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
770 first wildcard character. */
771
772 static bfd_boolean
773 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
774 {
775 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
776 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
777 size_t min_prefix_len;
778
779 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
780 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
781 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
782 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
783 prefix1_len++;
784 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
785 prefix2_len++;
786
787 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
788
789 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
790 }
791
792 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
793 statements. */
794
795 static void
796 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
797 {
798 int sec_count = 0;
799 int wild_name_count = 0;
800 struct wildcard_list *sec;
801 int signature;
802 int data_counter;
803
804 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
805 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
806 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
807 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
808 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
809 ptr->tree = NULL;
810
811 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
812 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
813 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
814 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
815 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
816 ending in a single '*'. */
817 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
818 {
819 ++sec_count;
820 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
821 return;
822 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
823 {
824 ++wild_name_count;
825 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
826 return;
827 }
828 }
829
830 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
831 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
832 happen in practice. */
833 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
834 return;
835
836 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
837 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
838 {
839 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
840 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
841 {
842 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
843 return;
844 }
845 }
846
847 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
848 switch (signature)
849 {
850 case 0x0100:
851 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
852 break;
853 case 0x0101:
854 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
855 break;
856 case 0x0201:
857 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
858 break;
859 case 0x0302:
860 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
861 break;
862 case 0x0402:
863 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
864 break;
865 default:
866 return;
867 }
868
869 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
870 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
871 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
872 given order, because we've already determined that no section
873 will match more than one spec. */
874 data_counter = 0;
875 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
876 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
877 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
878 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
879 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
880 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
881 }
882
883 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
884
885 static void
886 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
887 lang_input_statement_type *f,
888 callback_t callback,
889 void *data)
890 {
891 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
892 return;
893
894 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
895 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
896 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
897 else
898 {
899 bfd *member;
900
901 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
902 archive separately. */
903 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
904 while (member != NULL)
905 {
906 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
907 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
908 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
909 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
910 lang_input_statement. */
911 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
912 {
913 walk_wild_section (s,
914 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
915 callback, data);
916 }
917
918 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
919 }
920 }
921 }
922
923 static void
924 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
925 {
926 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
927 char *p;
928
929 if (file_spec == NULL)
930 {
931 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
932 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
933 {
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
938 {
939 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
940 {
941 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
942 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
943 }
944 }
945 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
946 {
947 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
948 {
949 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
950 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
951 }
952 }
953 else
954 {
955 lang_input_statement_type *f;
956
957 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
958 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
959 if (f)
960 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
961 }
962 }
963
964 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
965 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
966 with constraint set to -1. */
967
968 void
969 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
970 lang_statement_union_type *s)
971 {
972 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
973 {
974 func (s);
975
976 switch (s->header.type)
977 {
978 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
979 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
980 break;
981 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
982 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
983 lang_for_each_statement_worker
984 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
985 break;
986 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
987 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
988 s->wild_statement.children.head);
989 break;
990 case lang_group_statement_enum:
991 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
992 s->group_statement.children.head);
993 break;
994 case lang_data_statement_enum:
995 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
996 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
997 case lang_output_statement_enum:
998 case lang_target_statement_enum:
999 case lang_input_section_enum:
1000 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1001 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1002 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1003 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1004 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1005 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1006 break;
1007 default:
1008 FAIL ();
1009 break;
1010 }
1011 }
1012 }
1013
1014 void
1015 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1016 {
1017 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1018 }
1019
1020 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1021
1022 void
1023 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1024 {
1025 list->head = NULL;
1026 list->tail = &list->head;
1027 }
1028
1029 void
1030 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1031 {
1032 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1033 abort ();
1034 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1035 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1036 }
1037
1038 void
1039 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1040 {
1041 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1042 abort ();
1043 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1047
1048 static lang_statement_union_type *
1049 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1050 size_t size,
1051 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1052 {
1053 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1054
1055 new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1056 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1057 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1058 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1059 return new_stmt;
1060 }
1061
1062 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1063 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1064 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1065
1066 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1067 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1068 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1069 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1070
1071 static lang_input_statement_type *
1072 new_afile (const char *name,
1073 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1074 const char *target,
1075 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1076 {
1077 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1078
1079 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1080
1081 if (add_to_list)
1082 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1083 else
1084 {
1085 p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1086 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1087 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1088 p->header.next = NULL;
1089 }
1090
1091 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1092 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1093 p->target = target;
1094 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1095 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1096 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1097 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1098 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1099
1100 switch (file_type)
1101 {
1102 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1103 p->filename = name;
1104 p->local_sym_name = name;
1105 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1106 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1107 break;
1108 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1109 p->filename = name;
1110 p->local_sym_name = name;
1111 break;
1112 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1113 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1114 {
1115 p->filename = name + 1;
1116 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1117 }
1118 else
1119 p->filename = name;
1120 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1121 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1122 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1123 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1124 break;
1125 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1126 p->filename = name;
1127 p->local_sym_name = name;
1128 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1129 break;
1130 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1131 p->filename = name;
1132 p->local_sym_name = name;
1133 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1134 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1135 break;
1136 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1137 p->filename = name;
1138 p->local_sym_name = name;
1139 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1140 break;
1141 default:
1142 FAIL ();
1143 }
1144
1145 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1146 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1147 &p->next_real_file);
1148 return p;
1149 }
1150
1151 lang_input_statement_type *
1152 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1153 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1154 const char *target)
1155 {
1156 if (name != NULL
1157 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1158 {
1159 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1160 char *sysrooted_name
1161 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1162 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1163 (const char *) NULL);
1164
1165 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1166 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1167 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1168 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1169 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1170 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1171 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1172 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1173 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1174 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1175 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1176 return ret;
1177 }
1178
1179 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1180 }
1181
1182 struct out_section_hash_entry
1183 {
1184 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1185 lang_statement_union_type s;
1186 };
1187
1188 /* The hash table. */
1189
1190 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1191
1192 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1193 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1194
1195 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1196 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1197 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1198 const char *string)
1199 {
1200 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1201 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1202
1203 if (entry == NULL)
1204 {
1205 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1206 sizeof (*ret));
1207 if (entry == NULL)
1208 return entry;
1209 }
1210
1211 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1212 if (entry == NULL)
1213 return entry;
1214
1215 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1216 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1217 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1218 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1219 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1220 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1221 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1222 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1223
1224 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1225 first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1226 field of the last element of the list. */
1227 if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1228 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1229 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1230 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1231 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1232
1233 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1234 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1235 instead. */
1236 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1237 lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1238 &ret->s,
1239 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1240 return &ret->root;
1241 }
1242
1243 static void
1244 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1245 {
1246 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1247 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1248 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1249 61))
1250 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1251 }
1252
1253 static void
1254 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1255 {
1256 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1257 }
1258
1259 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1260
1261 void
1262 lang_init (void)
1263 {
1264 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1265
1266 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1267
1268 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1269
1270 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1271
1272 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1273 lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1274 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1275 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1276 NULL);
1277 abs_output_section =
1278 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1279
1280 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1281
1282 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1283 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1284 }
1285
1286 void
1287 lang_finish (void)
1288 {
1289 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1290 }
1291
1292 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1293 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1294 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1295 syntax.
1296
1297 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1298
1299 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1300 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1301
1302 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1303 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1304 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1305 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1306 and so we issue a warning.
1307
1308 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1309 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1310 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1311 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1312 region. */
1313
1314 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1315 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1316 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1317
1318 lang_memory_region_type *
1319 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1320 {
1321 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1322 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1323 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1324
1325 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1326 if (name == NULL)
1327 return NULL;
1328
1329 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1330 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1331 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1332 {
1333 if (create)
1334 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1335 NULL, name);
1336 return r;
1337 }
1338
1339 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1340 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1341 NULL, name);
1342
1343 new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1344 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1345
1346 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1347 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1348 new_region->next = NULL;
1349 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1350 new_region->origin = 0;
1351 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1352 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1353 new_region->current = 0;
1354 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1355 new_region->flags = 0;
1356 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1357 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1358
1359 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1360 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1361
1362 return new_region;
1363 }
1364
1365 void
1366 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1367 {
1368 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1369 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1370 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1371
1372 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1373 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1374 the default memory region. */
1375 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1376 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1377 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1378
1379 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1380 in use. */
1381 region = NULL;
1382 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1383 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1384 {
1385 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1386 region = r;
1387 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1388 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1389 "alias `%s'\n"),
1390 NULL, alias);
1391 }
1392
1393 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1394 if (region == NULL)
1395 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1396 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1397 NULL, region_name, alias);
1398
1399 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1400 n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1401 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1402 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1403 region->name_list.next = n;
1404 }
1405
1406 static lang_memory_region_type *
1407 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1408 {
1409 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1410
1411 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1412
1413 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1414 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1415 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1416
1417 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1418 {
1419 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1420 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1421 {
1422 return p;
1423 }
1424 }
1425 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1426 }
1427
1428 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1429
1430 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1431 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1432 {
1433 return get_userdata (output_section);
1434 }
1435
1436 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1437 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1438 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1439 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1440
1441 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1442 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1443 int constraint,
1444 bfd_boolean create)
1445 {
1446 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1447
1448 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1449 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1450 create, FALSE));
1451 if (entry == NULL)
1452 {
1453 if (create)
1454 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1455 return NULL;
1456 }
1457
1458 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1459 {
1460 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1461 constraint. */
1462 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1463
1464 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1465 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1466 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1467 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1468 but that shouldn't matter. */
1469 last_ent = entry;
1470 else
1471 do
1472 {
1473 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1474 || (constraint == 0
1475 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1476 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1477 last_ent = entry;
1478 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1479 }
1480 while (entry != NULL
1481 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1482
1483 if (!create)
1484 return NULL;
1485
1486 entry
1487 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1488 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1489 &output_section_statement_table,
1490 name));
1491 if (entry == NULL)
1492 {
1493 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1494 return NULL;
1495 }
1496 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1497 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1498 }
1499
1500 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1501 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1502 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1503 }
1504
1505 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1506 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1507 match any non-negative constraint. */
1508
1509 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1510 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1511 int constraint)
1512 {
1513 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1514 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1515 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1516 ((char *) os
1517 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1518 const char *name = os->name;
1519
1520 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1521 do
1522 {
1523 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1524 if (entry == NULL
1525 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1526 return NULL;
1527 }
1528 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1529 && (constraint != 0
1530 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1531
1532 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1533 }
1534
1535 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1536 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1537 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1538 sets *EXACT too. */
1539
1540 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1541 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1542 flagword sec_flags,
1543 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1544 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1545 {
1546 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1547 flagword look_flags, differ;
1548
1549 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1550 skip it. */
1551 first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1552 first = first->next;
1553
1554 /* First try for an exact match. */
1555 found = NULL;
1556 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1557 {
1558 look_flags = look->flags;
1559 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1560 {
1561 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1562 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1563 look->bfd_section,
1564 sec->owner, sec))
1565 continue;
1566 }
1567 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1568 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1569 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1570 found = look;
1571 }
1572 if (found != NULL)
1573 {
1574 if (exact != NULL)
1575 *exact = found;
1576 return found;
1577 }
1578
1579 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1580 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1581 {
1582 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1583 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1584 {
1585 look_flags = look->flags;
1586 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1587 {
1588 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1589 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1590 look->bfd_section,
1591 sec->owner, sec))
1592 continue;
1593 }
1594 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1595 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1596 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1597 found = look;
1598 }
1599 }
1600 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1601 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1602 {
1603 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1604 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1605 {
1606 look_flags = look->flags;
1607 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1608 {
1609 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1610 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1611 look->bfd_section,
1612 sec->owner, sec))
1613 continue;
1614 }
1615 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1616 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1617 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1618 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1619 | SEC_READONLY))
1620 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1621 found = look;
1622 }
1623 }
1624 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1625 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1626 {
1627 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1628 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1629 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1630
1631 match_type = NULL;
1632 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1633 {
1634 look_flags = look->flags;
1635 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1636 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1637
1638 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1639 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1640 {
1641 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1642 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1643 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1644 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1645 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1646 previous section. */
1647 break;
1648 found = look;
1649 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1650 }
1651 else if (seen_thread_local)
1652 break;
1653 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1654 found = look;
1655 }
1656 }
1657 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1658 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1659 {
1660 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1661 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1662 {
1663 look_flags = look->flags;
1664 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1665 {
1666 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1667 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1668 look->bfd_section,
1669 sec->owner, sec))
1670 continue;
1671 }
1672 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1673 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1674 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1675 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1676 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1677 found = look;
1678 }
1679 }
1680 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1681 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1682 {
1683 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1684 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1685 {
1686 look_flags = look->flags;
1687 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1688 {
1689 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1690 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1691 look->bfd_section,
1692 sec->owner, sec))
1693 continue;
1694 }
1695 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1696 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1697 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1698 found = look;
1699 }
1700 }
1701 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1702 {
1703 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1704 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1705 {
1706 look_flags = look->flags;
1707 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1710 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1711 look->bfd_section,
1712 sec->owner, sec))
1713 continue;
1714 }
1715 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1716 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1717 found = look;
1718 }
1719 }
1720 else
1721 {
1722 /* non-alloc go last. */
1723 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1724 {
1725 look_flags = look->flags;
1726 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1727 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1728 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1729 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1730 found = look;
1731 }
1732 return found;
1733 }
1734
1735 if (found || !match_type)
1736 return found;
1737
1738 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1739 }
1740
1741 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1742 Used by place_orphan. */
1743
1744 static asection *
1745 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1746 {
1747 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1748
1749 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1750 {
1751 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1752 continue;
1753
1754 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1755 return lookup->bfd_section;
1756 }
1757
1758 return NULL;
1759 }
1760
1761 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1762 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1763 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1764 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1765 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1766 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1767 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1768 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1769 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1770 image symbols. */
1771
1772 static lang_statement_union_type **
1773 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1774 {
1775 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1776 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1777 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1778
1779 ignore_first
1780 = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1781
1782 for (where = &after->header.next;
1783 *where != NULL;
1784 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1785 {
1786 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1787 {
1788 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1789 if (assign == NULL)
1790 {
1791 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1792
1793 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1794 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1795 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1796 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1797 {
1798 if (!ignore_first)
1799 assign = where;
1800 ignore_first = FALSE;
1801 }
1802 }
1803 continue;
1804 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1805 case lang_input_section_enum:
1806 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1807 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1808 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1809 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1810 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1812 assign = NULL;
1813 ignore_first = FALSE;
1814 continue;
1815 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1816 if (assign != NULL)
1817 {
1818 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1819
1820 if (s == NULL
1821 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1822 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1823 where = assign;
1824 }
1825 break;
1826 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1827 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1828 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1829 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1830 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1831 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1832 continue;
1833 }
1834 break;
1835 }
1836
1837 return where;
1838 }
1839
1840 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1841 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1842 const char *secname,
1843 int constraint,
1844 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1845 struct orphan_save *place,
1846 etree_type *address,
1847 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1848 {
1849 lang_statement_list_type add;
1850 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1851 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1852
1853 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1854 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1855 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1856 if (after != NULL)
1857 {
1858 lang_list_init (&add);
1859 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1860 }
1861
1862 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1863 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1864 address = exp_intop (0);
1865
1866 os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1867 lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1868 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1869 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1870
1871 if (add_child == NULL)
1872 add_child = &os->children;
1873 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1874
1875 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1876 {
1877 const char *region = (after->region
1878 ? after->region->name_list.name
1879 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1880 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1881 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1882 : NULL);
1883 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1884 lma_region);
1885 }
1886 else
1887 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1888 NULL);
1889
1890 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1891 if (after != NULL)
1892 pop_stat_ptr ();
1893
1894 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1895 {
1896 asection *snew, *as;
1897 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1898 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1899
1900 snew = os->bfd_section;
1901
1902 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1903 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1904 if (place->section == NULL
1905 && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1906 ->output_section_statement))
1907 {
1908 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1909
1910 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1911 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1912 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1913 output section. */
1914 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1915 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1916
1917 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1918 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1919 }
1920
1921 if (place->section == NULL)
1922 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1923
1924 as = *place->section;
1925
1926 if (!as)
1927 {
1928 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1929
1930 /* Unlink the section. */
1931 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1932
1933 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1934 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1935 }
1936 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1937 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1938 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1939 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1940 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1941 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1942 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1943 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1944 {
1945 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1946 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1947 section after a note section, */
1948 asection *sec;
1949 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1950 should be placed. */
1951 asection *after_sec;
1952 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1953 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1954 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1955
1956 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1957
1958 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1959 ascending order. */
1960 after_sec = NULL;
1961 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1962 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1963 {
1964 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1965 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1966 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1967
1968 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1969 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1970 (sec != NULL
1971 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1972 sec = sec->next)
1973 if (sec != snew
1974 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1975 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1976 {
1977 if (!first_orphan_note)
1978 first_orphan_note = sec;
1979 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1980 after_sec = sec;
1981 }
1982 else if (first_orphan_note)
1983 {
1984 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
1985 orphan note section. */
1986 break;
1987 }
1988
1989 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
1990 be placed at the default location. */
1991 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
1992 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1993 {
1994 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1995 alignments, place the section before all
1996 output orphan note sections. */
1997 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
1998 insert_after = FALSE;
1999 }
2000 }
2001 else if (first_orphan_note)
2002 {
2003 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2004 note sections. */
2005 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2006 after_sec = as;
2007 for (sec = as->next;
2008 (sec != NULL
2009 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2010 sec = sec->next)
2011 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2012 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2013 after_sec = sec;
2014 }
2015
2016 if (after_sec_note)
2017 {
2018 if (after_sec)
2019 {
2020 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2021 statement. */
2022 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2023 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2024 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2025 {
2026 next = stmt->next;
2027 if (insert_after)
2028 {
2029 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2030 {
2031 place_after = TRUE;
2032 found = TRUE;
2033 after = stmt;
2034 break;
2035 }
2036 }
2037 else
2038 {
2039 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2040 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2041 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2042 {
2043 place_after = TRUE;
2044 found = TRUE;
2045 after = stmt;
2046 break;
2047 }
2048 }
2049 }
2050
2051 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2052 statement. */
2053 if (!found)
2054 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2055 {
2056 if (insert_after)
2057 {
2058 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2059 {
2060 place_after = TRUE;
2061 after = stmt;
2062 break;
2063 }
2064 }
2065 else
2066 {
2067 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2068 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2069 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2070 {
2071 place_after = TRUE;
2072 after = stmt;
2073 break;
2074 }
2075 }
2076 }
2077 }
2078
2079 if (after_sec == NULL
2080 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2081 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2082 {
2083 /* Unlink the section. */
2084 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2085
2086 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2087 prepend SNEW. */
2088 if (after_sec)
2089 {
2090 if (insert_after)
2091 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2092 after_sec, snew);
2093 else
2094 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2095 after_sec, snew);
2096 }
2097 else
2098 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2099 }
2100 }
2101 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2102 {
2103 /* Unlink the section. */
2104 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2105
2106 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2107 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2108 as, snew);
2109 }
2110 }
2111 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2112 {
2113 /* Unlink the section. */
2114 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2115
2116 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2117 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2118 }
2119
2120 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2121 follow the one we've just added. */
2122 place->section = &snew->next;
2123
2124 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2125 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2126 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2127 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2128 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2129 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2130 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2131 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2132 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2133 if (add.head != NULL)
2134 {
2135 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2136
2137 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2138 if (place_after)
2139 {
2140 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2141
2142 *add.tail = *where;
2143 *where = add.head;
2144
2145 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2146 }
2147 else
2148 {
2149 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2150 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2151 *place->stmt = add.head;
2152 }
2153
2154 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2155 new list at the tail. */
2156 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2157 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2158
2159 /* Save the end of this list. */
2160 place->stmt = add.tail;
2161
2162 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2163 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2164 *os_tail = NULL;
2165 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2166 ((char *) place->os_tail
2167 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2168 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2169 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2170 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2171 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2172 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2173
2174 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2175 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2176 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2177 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2178 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2179 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2180 lang_output_section_statement.tail
2181 = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2182 }
2183 }
2184 return os;
2185 }
2186
2187 static void
2188 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2189 {
2190 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2191
2192 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2193 return;
2194
2195 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2196
2197 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2198 {
2199 size_t len;
2200
2201 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2202 len = strlen (m->soname);
2203
2204 if (len >= 29)
2205 {
2206 print_nl ();
2207 len = 0;
2208 }
2209 while (len < 30)
2210 {
2211 print_space ();
2212 ++len;
2213 }
2214
2215 if (m->ref != NULL)
2216 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2217 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2218 }
2219 }
2220
2221 static void
2222 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2223 {
2224 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2225 minfo ("a");
2226
2227 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2228 minfo ("x");
2229
2230 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2231 minfo ("r");
2232
2233 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2234 minfo ("w");
2235
2236 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2237 minfo ("l");
2238 }
2239
2240 void
2241 lang_map (void)
2242 {
2243 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2244 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2245
2246 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2247 {
2248 asection *s;
2249
2250 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2251 || file->flags.just_syms)
2252 continue;
2253
2254 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2255 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2256 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2257 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2258 {
2259 if (!dis_header_printed)
2260 {
2261 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2262 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2263 }
2264
2265 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2266 }
2267 }
2268
2269 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2270 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2271 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2272
2273 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2274 {
2275 char buf[100];
2276 int len;
2277
2278 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2279
2280 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2281 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2282 len = strlen (buf);
2283 while (len < 16)
2284 {
2285 print_space ();
2286 ++len;
2287 }
2288
2289 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2290 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2291 {
2292 #ifndef BFD64
2293 minfo (" ");
2294 #endif
2295 if (m->flags)
2296 {
2297 print_space ();
2298 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2299 }
2300
2301 if (m->not_flags)
2302 {
2303 minfo (" !");
2304 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2305 }
2306 }
2307
2308 print_nl ();
2309 }
2310
2311 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2312
2313 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2314 {
2315 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2316 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2317 }
2318 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2319 lang_statement_iteration++;
2320 print_statements ();
2321
2322 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2323 config.map_file);
2324 }
2325
2326 static bfd_boolean
2327 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2328 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2329 {
2330 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2331 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2332 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2333 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2334 {
2335 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2336 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2337
2338 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2339 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2340 if (!ud)
2341 {
2342 ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2343 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2344 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2345 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2346 }
2347 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2348 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2349
2350 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2351 def->entry = hash_entry;
2352 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2353 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2354 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2355 }
2356 return TRUE;
2357 }
2358
2359 /* Initialize an output section. */
2360
2361 static void
2362 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2363 {
2364 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2365 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2366
2367 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2368 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2369 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2370 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2371 s->name, flags);
2372 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2373 {
2374 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2375 " called %s: %E\n"),
2376 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2377 }
2378 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2379 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2380
2381 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2382 statement to avoid lookup. */
2383 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2384
2385 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2386 mention are initialized. */
2387 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2388 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2389
2390 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2391 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2392
2393 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2394 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2395 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2396 "section alignment");
2397 }
2398
2399 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2400 initialized. */
2401
2402 static void
2403 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2404 {
2405 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2406 {
2407 case etree_assign:
2408 case etree_provide:
2409 case etree_provided:
2410 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2411 break;
2412
2413 case etree_binary:
2414 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2415 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2416 break;
2417
2418 case etree_trinary:
2419 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2420 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2421 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2422 break;
2423
2424 case etree_assert:
2425 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2426 break;
2427
2428 case etree_unary:
2429 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2430 break;
2431
2432 case etree_name:
2433 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2434 {
2435 case ADDR:
2436 case LOADADDR:
2437 case SIZEOF:
2438 {
2439 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2440
2441 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2442 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2443 init_os (os, 0);
2444 }
2445 }
2446 break;
2447
2448 default:
2449 break;
2450 }
2451 }
2452 \f
2453 static void
2454 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2455 {
2456 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2457
2458 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2459 discard all sections. */
2460 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2461 {
2462 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2463 return;
2464 }
2465
2466 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2467 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2468 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2469 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2470 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2471
2472 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2473 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2474 }
2475 \f
2476
2477 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2478 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2479
2480 static bfd_boolean
2481 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2482 {
2483 bfd_boolean discard;
2484 flagword flags = section->flags;
2485
2486 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2487 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2488
2489 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2490 sections from within the group. */
2491 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2492 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2493 discard = TRUE;
2494
2495 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2496 information. */
2497 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2498 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2499 discard = TRUE;
2500
2501 return discard;
2502 }
2503
2504 /* The wild routines.
2505
2506 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2507 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2508 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2509
2510 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2511 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2512
2513 void
2514 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2515 asection *section,
2516 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2517 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2518 {
2519 flagword flags = section->flags;
2520
2521 bfd_boolean discard;
2522 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2523 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2524
2525 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2526 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2527
2528 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2529 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2530 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2531 discard = TRUE;
2532
2533 if (discard)
2534 {
2535 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2536 {
2537 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2538 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2539 }
2540 return;
2541 }
2542
2543 if (sflag_info)
2544 {
2545 bfd_boolean keep;
2546
2547 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2548 if (!keep)
2549 return;
2550 }
2551
2552 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2553 return;
2554
2555 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2556 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2557 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2558 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2559 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2560 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2561 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2562
2563 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2564 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2565 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2566 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2567 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2568 {
2569 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2570 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2571 else
2572 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2573 }
2574 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2575 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2576
2577 switch (output->sectype)
2578 {
2579 case normal_section:
2580 case overlay_section:
2581 break;
2582 case noalloc_section:
2583 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2584 break;
2585 case noload_section:
2586 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2587 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2588 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2589 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2590 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2591 section. */
2592 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2593 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2594 else
2595 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2596 break;
2597 }
2598
2599 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2600 init_os (output, flags);
2601
2602 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2603 it from the output section. */
2604 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2605
2606 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2607 {
2608 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2609 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2610
2611 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2612 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2613 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2614 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2615 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2616 {
2617 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2618 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2619 }
2620 }
2621 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2622
2623 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2624 {
2625 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2626 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2627 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2628 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2629 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2630 link_info.output_bfd,
2631 output->bfd_section,
2632 &link_info);
2633 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2634 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2635 }
2636
2637 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2638 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2639 {
2640 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2641 output->block_value = 128;
2642 }
2643
2644 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2645 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2646
2647 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2648
2649 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2650 {
2651 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2652 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2653 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2654 section->map_tail.s = s;
2655 if (s != NULL)
2656 s->map_head.s = section;
2657 else
2658 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2659 }
2660
2661 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2662 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2663 new_section->section = section;
2664 }
2665
2666 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2667 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2668 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2669 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2670
2671 static lang_statement_union_type *
2672 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2673 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2674 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2675 asection *section)
2676 {
2677 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2678
2679 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2680 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2681 return NULL;
2682
2683 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2684 {
2685 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2686
2687 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2688 continue;
2689 ls = &l->input_section;
2690
2691 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2692 name. */
2693
2694 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2695 {
2696 const char *fn, *ln;
2697 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2698 int i;
2699
2700 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2701 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2702 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2703 archive. */
2704
2705 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2706 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2707 {
2708 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2709 fa = TRUE;
2710 }
2711 else
2712 {
2713 fn = file->filename;
2714 fa = FALSE;
2715 }
2716
2717 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2718 {
2719 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2720 la = TRUE;
2721 }
2722 else
2723 {
2724 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2725 la = FALSE;
2726 }
2727
2728 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2729 if (i > 0)
2730 continue;
2731 else if (i < 0)
2732 break;
2733
2734 if (fa || la)
2735 {
2736 if (fa)
2737 fn = file->filename;
2738 if (la)
2739 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2740
2741 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2742 if (i > 0)
2743 continue;
2744 else if (i < 0)
2745 break;
2746 }
2747 }
2748
2749 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2750 looking at the sections for this file. */
2751
2752 if (sec != NULL
2753 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2754 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2755 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2756 break;
2757 }
2758
2759 return l;
2760 }
2761
2762 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2763 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2764
2765 static void
2766 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2767 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2768 asection *section,
2769 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2770 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2771 void *output)
2772 {
2773 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2774 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2775
2776 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2777
2778 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2779 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2780 return;
2781
2782 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2783
2784 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2785 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2786 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2787 of the current list. */
2788
2789 if (before == NULL)
2790 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2791 else
2792 {
2793 lang_statement_list_type list;
2794 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2795
2796 lang_list_init (&list);
2797 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2798
2799 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2800 be NULL. */
2801 if (list.head != NULL)
2802 {
2803 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2804
2805 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2806 *pp != before;
2807 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2808 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2809
2810 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2811 *pp = list.head;
2812 }
2813 }
2814 }
2815
2816 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2817 are readonly. */
2818
2819 static void
2820 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2821 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2822 asection *section,
2823 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2824 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2825 void *output)
2826 {
2827 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2828
2829 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2830
2831 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2832 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2833 return;
2834
2835 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2836 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2837 }
2838
2839 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2840 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2841 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2842
2843 static lang_input_statement_type *
2844 lookup_name (const char *name)
2845 {
2846 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2847
2848 for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2849 search != NULL;
2850 search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2851 {
2852 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2853 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2854 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2855 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2856
2857 if (filename != NULL
2858 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2859 break;
2860 }
2861
2862 if (search == NULL)
2863 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2864 default_target, FALSE);
2865
2866 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2867 don't add this file. */
2868 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2869 return search;
2870
2871 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2872 return NULL;
2873
2874 return search;
2875 }
2876
2877 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2878
2879 struct excluded_lib
2880 {
2881 char *name;
2882 struct excluded_lib *next;
2883 };
2884 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2885
2886 void
2887 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2888 {
2889 const char *p = list, *end;
2890
2891 while (*p != '\0')
2892 {
2893 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2894 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2895 if (end == NULL)
2896 end = p + strlen (p);
2897 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2898 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2899 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2900 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2901 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2902 excluded_libs = entry;
2903 if (*end == '\0')
2904 break;
2905 p = end + 1;
2906 }
2907 }
2908
2909 static void
2910 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2911 {
2912 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2913
2914 while (lib)
2915 {
2916 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2917 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2918
2919 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2920 {
2921 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2922 return;
2923 }
2924
2925 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2926 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2927 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2928 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2929 {
2930 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2931 return;
2932 }
2933
2934 lib = lib->next;
2935 }
2936 }
2937
2938 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2939
2940 bfd_boolean
2941 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2942 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2943 {
2944 char **matching;
2945
2946 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2947 return TRUE;
2948
2949 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2950
2951 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2952 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2953 return TRUE;
2954
2955 if (trace_files || verbose)
2956 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2957
2958 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2959 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2960 {
2961 bfd_error_type err;
2962 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2963 extern FILE *yyin;
2964
2965 err = bfd_get_error ();
2966
2967 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2968 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2969 return TRUE;
2970
2971 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2972 {
2973 char **p;
2974
2975 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2976 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2977 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2978 einfo (" %s", *p);
2979 einfo ("%F\n");
2980 }
2981 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2982 || place == NULL)
2983 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2984
2985 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2986 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2987
2988 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2989 save_flags = input_flags;
2990 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2991
2992 push_stat_ptr (place);
2993 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2994 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2995 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2996 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2997 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2998 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2999
3000 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
3001 parser_input = input_script;
3002 yyparse ();
3003 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
3004
3005 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3006 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3007 again. */
3008 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3009 input_flags = save_flags;
3010 pop_stat_ptr ();
3011 fclose (yyin);
3012 yyin = NULL;
3013 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3014
3015 return TRUE;
3016 }
3017
3018 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3019 return TRUE;
3020
3021 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3022 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3023 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3024 which is used. */
3025 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3026 {
3027 default:
3028 break;
3029
3030 case bfd_object:
3031 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3032 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3033 break;
3034
3035 case bfd_archive:
3036 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3037
3038 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
3039 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3040 {
3041 bfd *member = NULL;
3042 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3043
3044 for (;;)
3045 {
3046 bfd *subsbfd;
3047 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3048
3049 if (member == NULL)
3050 break;
3051
3052 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3053 {
3054 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3055 entry->the_bfd, member);
3056 loaded = FALSE;
3057 }
3058
3059 subsbfd = member;
3060 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3061 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3062 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3063 abort ();
3064
3065 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3066 substitute BFD for us. */
3067 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3068 {
3069 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3070 loaded = FALSE;
3071 }
3072 }
3073
3074 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3075 return loaded;
3076 }
3077 break;
3078 }
3079
3080 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3081 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3082 else
3083 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3084
3085 return entry->flags.loaded;
3086 }
3087
3088 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3089 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3090 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3091 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3092 the output section. */
3093
3094 static void
3095 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3096 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3097 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3098 {
3099 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3100
3101 if (s->handler_data[0]
3102 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3103 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3104 {
3105 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3106
3107 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3108
3109 tree = s->tree;
3110 if (tree)
3111 {
3112 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3113 s->tree = NULL;
3114 }
3115 }
3116 else
3117 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3118
3119 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3120 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3121 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3122 {
3123 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3124 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3125 default_common_section = output;
3126 break;
3127 }
3128 }
3129
3130 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3131
3132 static int
3133 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3134 {
3135 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3136
3137 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3138 }
3139
3140 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3141
3142 static void
3143 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
3144 {
3145 char c;
3146
3147 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3148 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3149
3150 *dest = 0;
3151 }
3152
3153 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3154 from haystack. */
3155
3156 static void
3157 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
3158 {
3159 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3160
3161 if (haystack)
3162 {
3163 char *src;
3164
3165 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3166 *haystack++ = *src++;
3167
3168 *haystack = 0;
3169 }
3170 }
3171
3172 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3173 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3174
3175 static int
3176 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
3177 {
3178 char *copy1;
3179 char *copy2;
3180 int result;
3181
3182 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3183 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3184
3185 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3186 stricpy (copy1, first);
3187 stricpy (copy2, second);
3188
3189 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3190 strcut (copy1, "big");
3191 strcut (copy1, "little");
3192 strcut (copy2, "big");
3193 strcut (copy2, "little");
3194
3195 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3196 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3197 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3198 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3199 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3200 {
3201 result *= 10;
3202 break;
3203 }
3204
3205 free (copy1);
3206 free (copy2);
3207
3208 return result;
3209 }
3210
3211 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3212 static const bfd_target *winner;
3213
3214 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3215 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3216 match to the original output target. */
3217
3218 static int
3219 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3220 {
3221 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3222
3223 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3224 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3225 return 0;
3226
3227 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3228 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3229 return 0;
3230
3231 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3232 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3233 return 0;
3234
3235 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3236 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3237 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3238 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3239 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3240 return 0;
3241
3242 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3243 if (winner == NULL)
3244 {
3245 winner = target;
3246 return 0;
3247 }
3248
3249 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3250 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3251 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3252 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3253 winner = target;
3254
3255 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3256 return 0;
3257 }
3258
3259 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3260
3261 static char *
3262 get_first_input_target (void)
3263 {
3264 char *target = NULL;
3265
3266 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3267 {
3268 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3269 && s->flags.real)
3270 {
3271 ldfile_open_file (s);
3272
3273 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3274 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3275 {
3276 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3277
3278 if (target != NULL)
3279 break;
3280 }
3281 }
3282 }
3283
3284 return target;
3285 }
3286
3287 const char *
3288 lang_get_output_target (void)
3289 {
3290 const char *target;
3291
3292 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3293 if (output_target != NULL)
3294 return output_target;
3295
3296 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3297 the default? */
3298 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3299 return current_target;
3300
3301 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3302 target = get_first_input_target ();
3303 if (target != NULL)
3304 return target;
3305
3306 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3307 return default_target;
3308 }
3309
3310 /* Open the output file. */
3311
3312 static void
3313 open_output (const char *name)
3314 {
3315 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3316
3317 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3318 line? */
3319 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3320 {
3321 /* Get the chosen target. */
3322 const bfd_target *target
3323 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3324
3325 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3326 if (target != NULL)
3327 {
3328 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3329
3330 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3331 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3332 else
3333 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3334
3335 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3336 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3337 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3338 this. */
3339 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3340 {
3341 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3342 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3343 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3344 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3345 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3346 else
3347 {
3348 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3349 the default target, but which has the desired
3350 endian characteristic. */
3351 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3352 (void *) target);
3353
3354 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3355 satisfy our requirements. */
3356 if (winner == NULL)
3357 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3358 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3359 else
3360 output_target = winner->name;
3361 }
3362 }
3363 }
3364 }
3365
3366 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3367
3368 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3369 {
3370 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3371 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3372
3373 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3374 }
3375
3376 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3377
3378 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3379 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3380 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3381 ldfile_output_architecture,
3382 ldfile_output_machine))
3383 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3384
3385 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3386 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3387 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3388
3389 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3390 }
3391
3392 static void
3393 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3394 {
3395 switch (statement->header.type)
3396 {
3397 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3398 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3399 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3400 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3401 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3402 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3403 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3404 else
3405 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3406 if (config.text_read_only)
3407 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3408 else
3409 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3410 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3411 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3412 else
3413 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3414 break;
3415
3416 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3417 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3418 break;
3419 default:
3420 break;
3421 }
3422 }
3423
3424 static void
3425 init_opb (void)
3426 {
3427 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3428 ldfile_output_machine);
3429 opb_shift = 0;
3430 if (x > 1)
3431 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3432 {
3433 x >>= 1;
3434 ++opb_shift;
3435 }
3436 ASSERT (x == 1);
3437 }
3438
3439 /* Open all the input files. */
3440
3441 enum open_bfd_mode
3442 {
3443 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3444 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3445 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3446 };
3447 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3448 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3449 #endif
3450
3451 static void
3452 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3453 {
3454 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3455 {
3456 switch (s->header.type)
3457 {
3458 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3459 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3460 break;
3461 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3462 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3463 break;
3464 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3465 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3466 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3467 && s->wild_statement.filename
3468 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3469 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3470 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3471 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3472 break;
3473 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3474 {
3475 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3476
3477 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3478 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3479 symbols. */
3480
3481 do
3482 {
3483 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3484 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3485 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3486 }
3487 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3488 }
3489 break;
3490 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3491 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3492 break;
3493 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3494 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3495 {
3496 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3497 lang_statement_list_type add;
3498 bfd *abfd;
3499
3500 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3501
3502 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3503 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3504 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3505 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3506 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3507 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3508 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3509 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3510 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3511 #endif
3512 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3513 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3514 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3515 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3516 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3517 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3518 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3519 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3520 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3521 {
3522 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3523 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3524 }
3525
3526 os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3527 lang_list_init (&add);
3528
3529 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3530 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3531
3532 if (add.head != NULL)
3533 {
3534 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3535 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3536 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3537 section statement list. Very likely the user
3538 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3539 naive user expectations. */
3540 if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3541 {
3542 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3543 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3544 s->input_statement.filename);
3545 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3546 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3547 }
3548 else
3549 {
3550 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3551 s->header.next = add.head;
3552 }
3553 }
3554 }
3555 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3556 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3557 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3558 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3559 plugin_insert = NULL;
3560 #endif
3561 break;
3562 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3563 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3564 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3565 break;
3566 default:
3567 break;
3568 }
3569 }
3570
3571 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3572 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3573 einfo ("%F");
3574 }
3575
3576 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3577 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3578 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3579 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3580 name to the symbol table. */
3581
3582 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3583
3584 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3585
3586 void
3587 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3588 {
3589 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3590
3591 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3592 new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3593 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3594 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3595
3596 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3597
3598 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3599 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3600 }
3601
3602 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3603
3604 static void
3605 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3606 {
3607 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3608
3609 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3610 if (h == NULL)
3611 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3612 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3613 {
3614 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3615 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3616 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3617 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3618 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3619 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3620 }
3621 }
3622
3623 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3624 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3625 script file. */
3626
3627 static void
3628 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3629 {
3630 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3631
3632 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3633 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3634 }
3635
3636 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3637 be defined. */
3638
3639 struct require_defined_symbol
3640 {
3641 const char *name;
3642 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3643 };
3644
3645 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3646
3647 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3648
3649 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3650 defined. */
3651
3652 void
3653 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3654 {
3655 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3656
3657 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3658 ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3659 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3660 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3661 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3662 }
3663
3664 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3665 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3666
3667 static void
3668 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3669 {
3670 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3671
3672 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3673 {
3674 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3675
3676 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3677 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3678 if (h == NULL
3679 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3680 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3681 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3682 }
3683 }
3684
3685 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3686
3687 static void
3688 check_input_sections
3689 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3690 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3691 {
3692 for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3693 {
3694 switch (s->header.type)
3695 {
3696 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3697 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3698 output_section_statement);
3699 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3700 return;
3701 break;
3702 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3703 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3704 output_section_statement);
3705 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3706 return;
3707 break;
3708 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3709 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3710 output_section_statement);
3711 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3712 return;
3713 break;
3714 default:
3715 break;
3716 }
3717 }
3718 }
3719
3720 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3721
3722 static void
3723 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3724 {
3725 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3726
3727 switch (sort_section)
3728 {
3729 default:
3730 FAIL ();
3731
3732 case none:
3733 break;
3734
3735 case by_name:
3736 case by_alignment:
3737 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3738 {
3739 switch (s->header.type)
3740 {
3741 default:
3742 break;
3743
3744 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3745 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3746 sec = sec->next)
3747 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3748 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
3749 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
3750 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3751 {
3752 case none:
3753 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3754 break;
3755 case by_name:
3756 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3757 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3758 break;
3759 case by_alignment:
3760 if (sort_section == by_name)
3761 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3762 break;
3763 default:
3764 break;
3765 }
3766 break;
3767
3768 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3769 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3770 break;
3771
3772 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3773 update_wild_statements
3774 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3775 break;
3776
3777 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3778 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3779 break;
3780 }
3781 }
3782 break;
3783 }
3784 }
3785
3786 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3787
3788 static void
3789 map_input_to_output_sections
3790 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3791 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3792 {
3793 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3794 {
3795 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3796 flagword flags;
3797
3798 switch (s->header.type)
3799 {
3800 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3801 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3802 break;
3803 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3804 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3805 target,
3806 os);
3807 break;
3808 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3809 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3810 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3811 {
3812 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3813 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3814 break;
3815 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3816 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3817 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3818 {
3819 tos->constraint = -1;
3820 break;
3821 }
3822 }
3823 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3824 target,
3825 tos);
3826 break;
3827 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3828 break;
3829 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3830 target = s->target_statement.target;
3831 break;
3832 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3833 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3834 target,
3835 os);
3836 break;
3837 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3838 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3839 are initialized. */
3840 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3841 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3842 these may be overridden by the script. */
3843 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3844 switch (os->sectype)
3845 {
3846 case normal_section:
3847 case overlay_section:
3848 break;
3849 case noalloc_section:
3850 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3851 break;
3852 case noload_section:
3853 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3854 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3855 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3856 else
3857 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3858 break;
3859 }
3860 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3861 init_os (os, flags);
3862 else
3863 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3864 break;
3865 case lang_input_section_enum:
3866 break;
3867 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3868 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3869 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3870 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3871 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3872 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3873 init_os (os, 0);
3874 break;
3875 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3876 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3877 init_os (os, 0);
3878
3879 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3880 are initialized. */
3881 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3882 break;
3883 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3884 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3885 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3886 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3887 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3888 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3889 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3890 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3891 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3892 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3893 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3894 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3895 {
3896 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3897
3898 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3899 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3900 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3901 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3902 will affect following script sections, which is
3903 likely to surprise naive users. */
3904 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3905 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3906 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3907 init_os (tos, 0);
3908 }
3909 break;
3910 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3911 break;
3912 }
3913 }
3914 }
3915
3916 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3917 start of the list and places them after the output section
3918 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3919 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3920 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements. */
3921
3922 static void
3923 process_insert_statements (void)
3924 {
3925 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3926 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3927 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3928 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3929
3930 /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3931 the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3932 reordered. */
3933 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3934 while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3935 {
3936 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3937 {
3938 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3939 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3940 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3941
3942 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3943 last_os = os;
3944
3945 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3946 won't match this output section statement. At this
3947 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3948 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3949 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3950 if (first_os == NULL)
3951 first_os = last_os;
3952 }
3953 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3954 {
3955 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3956 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3957 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3958 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3959
3960 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3961 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3962 {
3963 do
3964 where = where->prev;
3965 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3966 }
3967 if (where == NULL)
3968 {
3969 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3970 return;
3971 }
3972
3973 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
3974 if (last_os != NULL)
3975 {
3976 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3977 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3978
3979 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
3980 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3981 if (last_os->next == NULL)
3982 {
3983 next = &first_os->prev->next;
3984 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3985 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3986 }
3987 else
3988 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3989 /* Add them in at the new position. */
3990 last_os->next = where->next;
3991 if (where->next == NULL)
3992 {
3993 next = &last_os->next;
3994 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3995 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3996 }
3997 else
3998 where->next->prev = last_os;
3999 first_os->prev = where;
4000 where->next = first_os;
4001
4002 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4003 first_sec = NULL;
4004 last_sec = NULL;
4005 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4006 {
4007 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4008 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4009 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4010 {
4011 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4012 if (first_sec == NULL)
4013 first_sec = last_sec;
4014 }
4015 if (os == last_os)
4016 break;
4017 }
4018 if (last_sec != NULL)
4019 {
4020 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4021 if (sec == NULL)
4022 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4023
4024 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4025 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4026 section or if the section is the same as our
4027 last section, then no move is needed. */
4028 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4029 {
4030 /* Trim them off. */
4031 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4032 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4033 else
4034 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4035 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4036 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4037 else
4038 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4039 /* Add back. */
4040 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4041 if (sec->next != NULL)
4042 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4043 else
4044 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4045 first_sec->prev = sec;
4046 sec->next = first_sec;
4047 }
4048 }
4049
4050 first_os = NULL;
4051 last_os = NULL;
4052 }
4053
4054 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4055 /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
4056 know is at the start of the list, up to and including
4057 the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4058 first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
4059 lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
4060 /* Add them back where they belong. */
4061 *s = *ptr;
4062 if (*s == NULL)
4063 statement_list.tail = s;
4064 *ptr = first;
4065 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
4066 }
4067 }
4068
4069 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4070 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4071 {
4072 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4073 if (os == last_os)
4074 break;
4075 }
4076 }
4077
4078 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4079 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4080 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4081
4082 void
4083 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4084 {
4085 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4086
4087 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4088 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4089 {
4090 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4091 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4092 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4093 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4094 }
4095
4096 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
4097 os != NULL;
4098 os = os->next)
4099 {
4100 asection *output_section;
4101 bfd_boolean exclude;
4102
4103 if (os->constraint < 0)
4104 continue;
4105
4106 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4107 if (output_section == NULL)
4108 continue;
4109
4110 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4111 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4112 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4113 output_section));
4114
4115 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4116 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4117 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4118 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4119 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4120 {
4121 asection *s;
4122
4123 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4124 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4125 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4126 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4127 {
4128 exclude = FALSE;
4129 break;
4130 }
4131 }
4132
4133 if (exclude)
4134 {
4135 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4136 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4137 if (!os->update_dot)
4138 os->ignored = TRUE;
4139 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4140 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4141 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4142 }
4143 }
4144 }
4145
4146 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4147 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4148
4149 void
4150 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4151 {
4152 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4153
4154 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4155 return;
4156
4157 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
4158 os != NULL;
4159 os = os->next)
4160 {
4161 asection *output_section;
4162
4163 if (os->constraint < 0)
4164 continue;
4165
4166 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4167 if (output_section == NULL)
4168 continue;
4169
4170 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4171 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4172 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4173 }
4174
4175 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4176 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4177 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4178 }
4179
4180 static void
4181 print_output_section_statement
4182 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4183 {
4184 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4185 int len;
4186
4187 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4188 {
4189 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4190
4191 if (section != NULL)
4192 {
4193 print_dot = section->vma;
4194
4195 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4196 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4197 {
4198 print_nl ();
4199 len = 0;
4200 }
4201 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4202 {
4203 print_space ();
4204 ++len;
4205 }
4206
4207 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4208
4209 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4210 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4211
4212 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4213 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4214 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4215 }
4216
4217 print_nl ();
4218 }
4219
4220 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4221 output_section_statement);
4222 }
4223
4224 static void
4225 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4226 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4227 {
4228 unsigned int i;
4229 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4230 etree_type *tree;
4231 asection *osec;
4232
4233 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4234 print_space ();
4235
4236 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4237 {
4238 is_dot = FALSE;
4239 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4240 }
4241 else
4242 {
4243 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4244
4245 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4246 tree = assignment->exp;
4247 }
4248
4249 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4250 if (osec == NULL)
4251 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4252
4253 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4254 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4255 else
4256 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4257
4258 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4259 {
4260 bfd_vma value;
4261
4262 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4263 || is_dot
4264 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4265 {
4266 value = expld.result.value;
4267
4268 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4269 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4270
4271 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4272 if (is_dot)
4273 print_dot = value;
4274 }
4275 else
4276 {
4277 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4278
4279 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4280 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4281 if (h != NULL
4282 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4283 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4284 {
4285 value = h->u.def.value;
4286 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4287 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4288
4289 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4290 }
4291 else
4292 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4293 }
4294 }
4295 else
4296 {
4297 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4298 minfo ("[!provide]");
4299 else
4300 minfo ("*undef* ");
4301 #ifdef BFD64
4302 minfo (" ");
4303 #endif
4304 }
4305 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4306
4307 minfo (" ");
4308 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4309 print_nl ();
4310 }
4311
4312 static void
4313 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4314 {
4315 if (statm->filename != NULL
4316 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4317 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4318 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4319 }
4320
4321 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4322 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4323
4324 static bfd_boolean
4325 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4326 {
4327 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4328
4329 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4330 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4331 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4332 {
4333 int i;
4334
4335 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4336 print_space ();
4337 minfo ("0x%V ",
4338 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4339 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4340 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4341
4342 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4343 }
4344
4345 return TRUE;
4346 }
4347
4348 static int
4349 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4350 {
4351 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4352 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4353
4354 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4355 return -1;
4356 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4357 return 1;
4358 else
4359 return 0;
4360 }
4361
4362 static void
4363 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4364 {
4365 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4366 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4367 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4368 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4369 unsigned int i;
4370
4371 if (!ud)
4372 return;
4373
4374 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4375
4376 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4377 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4378 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4379 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4380
4381 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4382 entries[i] = def->entry;
4383
4384 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4385 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4386
4387 /* Print the symbols. */
4388 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4389 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4390
4391 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4392 }
4393
4394 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4395
4396 static void
4397 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4398 {
4399 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4400 int len;
4401 bfd_vma addr;
4402
4403 init_opb ();
4404
4405 print_space ();
4406 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4407
4408 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4409 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4410 {
4411 print_nl ();
4412 len = 0;
4413 }
4414 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4415 {
4416 print_space ();
4417 ++len;
4418 }
4419
4420 if (i->output_section != NULL
4421 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4422 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4423 else
4424 {
4425 addr = print_dot;
4426 if (!is_discarded)
4427 size = 0;
4428 }
4429
4430 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4431
4432 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4433 {
4434 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4435 #ifdef BFD64
4436 len += 16;
4437 #else
4438 len += 8;
4439 #endif
4440 while (len > 0)
4441 {
4442 print_space ();
4443 --len;
4444 }
4445
4446 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4447 }
4448
4449 if (i->output_section != NULL
4450 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4451 {
4452 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4453 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4454 else
4455 print_all_symbols (i);
4456
4457 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4458 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4459 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4460 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4461 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4462 }
4463 }
4464
4465 static void
4466 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4467 {
4468 size_t size;
4469 unsigned char *p;
4470 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4471 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4472 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4473 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4474 }
4475
4476 static void
4477 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4478 {
4479 int i;
4480 bfd_vma addr;
4481 bfd_size_type size;
4482 const char *name;
4483
4484 init_opb ();
4485 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4486 print_space ();
4487
4488 addr = data->output_offset;
4489 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4490 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4491
4492 switch (data->type)
4493 {
4494 default:
4495 abort ();
4496 case BYTE:
4497 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4498 name = "BYTE";
4499 break;
4500 case SHORT:
4501 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4502 name = "SHORT";
4503 break;
4504 case LONG:
4505 size = LONG_SIZE;
4506 name = "LONG";
4507 break;
4508 case QUAD:
4509 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4510 name = "QUAD";
4511 break;
4512 case SQUAD:
4513 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4514 name = "SQUAD";
4515 break;
4516 }
4517
4518 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4519 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4520 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4521
4522 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4523 {
4524 print_space ();
4525 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4526 }
4527
4528 print_nl ();
4529
4530 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4531 }
4532
4533 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4534 -Ttext. */
4535
4536 static void
4537 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4538 {
4539 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4540 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4541 print_nl ();
4542 }
4543
4544 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4545
4546 static void
4547 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4548 {
4549 int i;
4550 bfd_vma addr;
4551 bfd_size_type size;
4552
4553 init_opb ();
4554 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4555 print_space ();
4556
4557 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4558 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4559 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4560
4561 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4562
4563 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4564
4565 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4566 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4567 else
4568 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4569
4570 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4571
4572 print_nl ();
4573
4574 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4575 }
4576
4577 static void
4578 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4579 {
4580 int len;
4581 bfd_vma addr;
4582
4583 init_opb ();
4584 minfo (" *fill*");
4585
4586 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4587 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4588 {
4589 print_space ();
4590 ++len;
4591 }
4592
4593 addr = s->output_offset;
4594 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4595 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4596 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4597
4598 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4599 {
4600 size_t size;
4601 unsigned char *p;
4602 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4603 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4604 }
4605
4606 print_nl ();
4607
4608 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4609 }
4610
4611 static void
4612 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4613 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4614 {
4615 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4616
4617 print_space ();
4618
4619 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4620 {
4621 name_list *tmp;
4622 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4623 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4624 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4625 minfo (") ");
4626 }
4627
4628 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4629 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4630 if (w->filename != NULL)
4631 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4632 else
4633 minfo ("*");
4634 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4635 minfo (")");
4636
4637 minfo ("(");
4638 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4639 {
4640 int closing_paren = 0;
4641
4642 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4643 {
4644 case none:
4645 break;
4646
4647 case by_name:
4648 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4649 closing_paren = 1;
4650 break;
4651
4652 case by_alignment:
4653 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4654 closing_paren = 1;
4655 break;
4656
4657 case by_name_alignment:
4658 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4659 closing_paren = 2;
4660 break;
4661
4662 case by_alignment_name:
4663 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4664 closing_paren = 2;
4665 break;
4666
4667 case by_none:
4668 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4669 closing_paren = 1;
4670 break;
4671
4672 case by_init_priority:
4673 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4674 closing_paren = 1;
4675 break;
4676 }
4677
4678 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4679 {
4680 name_list *tmp;
4681 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4682 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4683 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4684 minfo (") ");
4685 }
4686 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4687 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4688 else
4689 minfo ("*");
4690 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4691 minfo (")");
4692 if (sec->next)
4693 minfo (" ");
4694 }
4695 minfo (")");
4696
4697 print_nl ();
4698
4699 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4700 }
4701
4702 /* Print a group statement. */
4703
4704 static void
4705 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4706 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4707 {
4708 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4709 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4710 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4711 }
4712
4713 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4714 This can be called for any statement type. */
4715
4716 static void
4717 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4718 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4719 {
4720 while (s != NULL)
4721 {
4722 print_statement (s, os);
4723 s = s->header.next;
4724 }
4725 }
4726
4727 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4728 This can be called for any statement type. */
4729
4730 static void
4731 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4732 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4733 {
4734 switch (s->header.type)
4735 {
4736 default:
4737 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4738 FAIL ();
4739 break;
4740 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4741 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4742 {
4743 if (constructors_sorted)
4744 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4745 else
4746 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4747 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4748 }
4749 break;
4750 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4751 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4752 break;
4753 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4754 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4755 break;
4756 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4757 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4758 break;
4759 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4760 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4761 break;
4762 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4763 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4764 break;
4765 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4766 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4767 break;
4768 case lang_input_section_enum:
4769 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4770 break;
4771 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4772 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4773 break;
4774 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4775 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4776 break;
4777 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4778 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4779 break;
4780 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4781 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4782 break;
4783 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4784 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4785 if (output_target != NULL)
4786 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4787 minfo (")\n");
4788 break;
4789 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4790 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4791 break;
4792 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4793 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4794 break;
4795 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4796 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4797 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4798 s->insert_statement.where);
4799 break;
4800 }
4801 }
4802
4803 static void
4804 print_statements (void)
4805 {
4806 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4807 }
4808
4809 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4810 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4811 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4812 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4813
4814 void
4815 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4816 {
4817 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4818
4819 config.map_file = stderr;
4820
4821 if (n < 0)
4822 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4823 else
4824 {
4825 while (s && --n >= 0)
4826 {
4827 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4828 s = s->header.next;
4829 }
4830 }
4831
4832 config.map_file = map_save;
4833 }
4834
4835 static void
4836 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4837 fill_type *fill,
4838 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4839 asection *output_section,
4840 bfd_vma dot)
4841 {
4842 static fill_type zero_fill;
4843 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4844
4845 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4846 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4847 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4848 if (pad != NULL
4849 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4850 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4851 {
4852 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4853 }
4854 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4855 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4856 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4857 {
4858 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4859 }
4860 else
4861 {
4862 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4863 pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4864 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4865 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4866 *ptr = pad;
4867 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4868 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4869 if (fill == NULL)
4870 fill = &zero_fill;
4871 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4872 }
4873 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4874 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4875 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4876 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4877 - output_section->vma);
4878 }
4879
4880 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4881
4882 static bfd_vma
4883 size_input_section
4884 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4885 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4886 fill_type *fill,
4887 bfd_vma dot)
4888 {
4889 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4890 asection *i = is->section;
4891 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4892
4893 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4894 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4895 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4896 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4897 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4898 else
4899 {
4900 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4901
4902 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4903 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4904 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4905 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4906
4907 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
4908 i->alignment_power
4909 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
4910 "subsection alignment");
4911
4912 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4913 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4914
4915 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4916
4917 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4918 {
4919 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4920 dot += alignment_needed;
4921 }
4922
4923 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4924 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4925
4926 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4927 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4928 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4929 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4930 }
4931
4932 return dot;
4933 }
4934
4935 struct check_sec
4936 {
4937 asection *sec;
4938 bfd_boolean warned;
4939 };
4940
4941 static int
4942 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4943 {
4944 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4945 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4946
4947 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4948 return -1;
4949 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4950 return 1;
4951 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4952 return -1;
4953 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4954 return 1;
4955
4956 return 0;
4957 }
4958
4959 static int
4960 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4961 {
4962 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4963 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4964
4965 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4966 return -1;
4967 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4968 return 1;
4969 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4970 return -1;
4971 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4972 return 1;
4973
4974 return 0;
4975 }
4976
4977 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4978 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4979
4980 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4981 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
4982
4983 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4984 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4985 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
4986 region has overflowed. */
4987
4988 static void
4989 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4990 {
4991 asection *s, *p;
4992 struct check_sec *sections;
4993 size_t i, count;
4994 bfd_vma addr_mask;
4995 bfd_vma s_start;
4996 bfd_vma s_end;
4997 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
4998 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
4999 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5000 bfd_boolean overlays;
5001
5002 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5003 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5004 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5005 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5006 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5007 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5008 {
5009 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5010 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5011 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5012 s->name);
5013 else
5014 {
5015 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5016 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5017 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5018 s->name);
5019 }
5020 }
5021
5022 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5023 return;
5024
5025 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5026 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5027
5028 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5029 count = 0;
5030 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5031 {
5032 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5033 || s->size == 0)
5034 continue;
5035
5036 sections[count].sec = s;
5037 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5038 count++;
5039 }
5040
5041 if (count <= 1)
5042 {
5043 free (sections);
5044 return;
5045 }
5046
5047 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5048
5049 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5050 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5051 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5052 {
5053 s = sections[i].sec;
5054 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5055 {
5056 s_start = s->lma;
5057 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5058
5059 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5060 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5061 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5062 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5063 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5064 if (p != NULL
5065 && (s_start <= p_end
5066 || p_end < p_start))
5067 {
5068 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5069 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5070 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5071 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5072 }
5073 p = s;
5074 p_start = s_start;
5075 p_end = s_end;
5076 }
5077 }
5078
5079 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5080 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5081 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5082 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5083 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5084 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5085 overlays = FALSE;
5086 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5087 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5088 {
5089 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5090 if (p_start == s_start)
5091 {
5092 overlays = TRUE;
5093 break;
5094 }
5095 p_start = s_start;
5096 }
5097
5098 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5099 if (!overlays)
5100 {
5101 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5102 {
5103 s = sections[i].sec;
5104 s_start = s->vma;
5105 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5106
5107 if (p != NULL
5108 && !sections[i].warned
5109 && (s_start <= p_end
5110 || p_end < p_start))
5111 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5112 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5113 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5114 p = s;
5115 p_start = s_start;
5116 p_end = s_end;
5117 }
5118 }
5119
5120 free (sections);
5121
5122 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5123 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5124 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5125 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5126
5127 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5128 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5129 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5130 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5131 if (m->had_full_message)
5132 {
5133 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5134 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5135 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5136 over),
5137 m->name_list.name, over);
5138 }
5139 }
5140
5141 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5142 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5143 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5144 calculation wraps around. */
5145
5146 static void
5147 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5148 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5149 etree_type *tree,
5150 bfd_vma rbase)
5151 {
5152 if ((region->current < region->origin
5153 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5154 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5155 || rbase == 0))
5156 {
5157 if (tree != NULL)
5158 {
5159 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5160 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5161 region->current,
5162 os->bfd_section->owner,
5163 os->bfd_section->name,
5164 region->name_list.name);
5165 }
5166 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5167 {
5168 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5169
5170 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5171 os->bfd_section->owner,
5172 os->bfd_section->name,
5173 region->name_list.name);
5174 }
5175 }
5176 }
5177
5178 static void
5179 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5180 seg_align_type *seg)
5181 {
5182 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5183 {
5184 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5185 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5186 else
5187 {
5188 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5189 }
5190 }
5191 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5192 {
5193 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5194 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5195 else
5196 {
5197 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5198 }
5199 }
5200 }
5201
5202 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5203
5204 static bfd_vma
5205 lang_size_sections_1
5206 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5207 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5208 fill_type *fill,
5209 bfd_vma dot,
5210 bfd_boolean *relax,
5211 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5212 {
5213 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5214
5215 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5216 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5217 {
5218 switch (s->header.type)
5219 {
5220 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5221 {
5222 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5223 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5224 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5225 int section_alignment = 0;
5226
5227 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5228 if (os->constraint == -1)
5229 break;
5230
5231 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5232 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5233 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5234 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5235 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5236 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5237 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5238 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5239 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5240 {
5241 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5242 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5243
5244 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5245 {
5246 dot = expld.result.value;
5247 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5248 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5249 }
5250 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5251 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5252 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5253 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5254 }
5255
5256 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5257 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5258 break;
5259
5260 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5261 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5262 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5263 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5264 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5265 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5266 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5267 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5268 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5269 {
5270 asection *input;
5271
5272 if (os->children.head == NULL
5273 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5274 || (os->children.head->header.type
5275 != lang_input_section_enum))
5276 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5277 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5278
5279 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5280 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5281 os->bfd_section,
5282 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5283 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5284 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5285 break;
5286 }
5287
5288 newdot = dot;
5289 dotdelta = 0;
5290 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5291 {
5292 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5293 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5294 }
5295 else
5296 {
5297 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5298 {
5299 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5300 from the region specification. */
5301 if (os->region == NULL
5302 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5303 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5304 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5305 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5306 {
5307 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5308 }
5309
5310 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5311 region, and some non default memory regions were
5312 defined, issue an error message. */
5313 if (!os->ignored
5314 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5315 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5316 && check_regions
5317 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5318 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5319 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5320 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5321 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5322 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5323 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5324 {
5325 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5326 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5327 default memory region we can end up creating an
5328 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5329 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5330 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5331 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5332 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5333 switch. */
5334 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5335 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5336 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5337 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5338 os->bfd_section));
5339 else
5340 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5341 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5342 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5343 os->bfd_section));
5344 }
5345
5346 newdot = os->region->current;
5347 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5348 }
5349 else
5350 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5351 "section alignment");
5352
5353 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5354 if (section_alignment > 0)
5355 {
5356 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5357 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5358
5359 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5360 if (dotdelta != 0
5361 && (config.warn_section_align
5362 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5363 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5364 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5365 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5366 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5367 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5368 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5369 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5370 }
5371
5372 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5373
5374 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5375 }
5376
5377 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5378 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5379
5380 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5381
5382 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5383 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5384 no output section should change from zero size
5385 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5386 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5387 input section was not sized early enough. */
5388 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5389 else
5390 {
5391 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5392
5393 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5394 align at the block boundary. */
5395 after = ((dot
5396 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5397 + os->block_value - 1)
5398 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5399
5400 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5401 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5402 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5403 }
5404
5405 /* Set section lma. */
5406 r = os->region;
5407 if (r == NULL)
5408 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5409
5410 if (os->load_base)
5411 {
5412 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5413 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5414 }
5415 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5416 {
5417 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5418
5419 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5420 lma += dotdelta;
5421 else
5422 {
5423 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5424 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5425 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5426 only align according to the value in the output
5427 statement. */
5428 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5429 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5430 "section alignment");
5431 if (section_alignment > 0)
5432 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5433 }
5434 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5435 }
5436 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5437 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5438 {
5439 bfd_vma lma;
5440 asection *last;
5441
5442 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5443
5444 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5445 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5446 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5447 create overlapping LMAs. */
5448 if (dot < last->vma
5449 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5450 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5451 {
5452 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5453 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5454 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5455 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5456 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5457
5458 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5459 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5460 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5461 }
5462 else
5463 {
5464 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5465 at the end of the previous section. */
5466 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5467 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5468
5469 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5470 as the previous section. */
5471 else
5472 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5473
5474 if (section_alignment > 0)
5475 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5476 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5477 }
5478 }
5479 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5480
5481 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5482 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5483 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5484 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5485 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5486 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5487 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5488 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5489 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5490 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5491 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5492 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5493 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5494 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5495 if (!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5496 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5497 || (r->last_os == NULL
5498 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5499 || (r->last_os != NULL
5500 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5501 .bfd_section->vma)))
5502 && os->lma_region == NULL
5503 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5504 r->last_os = s;
5505
5506 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5507 break;
5508
5509 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5510 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5511 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5512 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5513 else
5514 dotdelta = 0;
5515 dot += dotdelta;
5516
5517 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5518 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5519
5520 /* Update dot in the region ?
5521 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5522 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5523 overall size in memory. */
5524 if (os->region != NULL
5525 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5526 {
5527 os->region->current = dot;
5528
5529 if (check_regions)
5530 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5531 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5532 os->bfd_section->vma);
5533
5534 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5535 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5536 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5537 {
5538 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5539
5540 if (check_regions)
5541 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5542 os->bfd_section->lma);
5543 }
5544 }
5545 }
5546 break;
5547
5548 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5549 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5550 output_section_statement,
5551 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5552 break;
5553
5554 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5555 {
5556 unsigned int size = 0;
5557
5558 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5559 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5560 s->data_statement.output_section =
5561 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5562
5563 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5564 need to mark them as needed. */
5565 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5566
5567 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5568 {
5569 default:
5570 abort ();
5571 case QUAD:
5572 case SQUAD:
5573 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5574 break;
5575 case LONG:
5576 size = LONG_SIZE;
5577 break;
5578 case SHORT:
5579 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5580 break;
5581 case BYTE:
5582 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5583 break;
5584 }
5585 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5586 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5587 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5588 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5589 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5590 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5591 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5592
5593 }
5594 break;
5595
5596 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5597 {
5598 int size;
5599
5600 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5601 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5602 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5603 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5604 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5605 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5606 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5607 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5608 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5609 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5610 }
5611 break;
5612
5613 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5614 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5615 output_section_statement,
5616 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5617 break;
5618
5619 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5620 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
5621 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5622 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5623 break;
5624
5625 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5626 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5627 break;
5628
5629 case lang_input_section_enum:
5630 {
5631 asection *i;
5632
5633 i = s->input_section.section;
5634 if (relax)
5635 {
5636 bfd_boolean again;
5637
5638 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5639 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5640 if (again)
5641 *relax = TRUE;
5642 }
5643 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5644 fill, dot);
5645 }
5646 break;
5647
5648 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5649 break;
5650
5651 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5652 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5653 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5654
5655 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5656 break;
5657
5658 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5659 {
5660 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5661 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5662
5663 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5664
5665 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5666 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5667 &newdot);
5668
5669 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5670
5671 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5672
5673 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5674 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5675 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5676 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5677 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5678 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5679
5680 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5681 {
5682 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5683 {
5684 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5685 the default memory address. */
5686 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5687 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5688 }
5689 else if (newdot != dot)
5690 {
5691 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5692 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5693 assignment references dot. */
5694 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5695 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5696
5697 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5698 s = s->header.next;
5699
5700 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5701 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5702 user has explicitly stated that the section
5703 should not be allocated. */
5704 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5705 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5706 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5707 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5708 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5709 }
5710 dot = newdot;
5711 }
5712 }
5713 break;
5714
5715 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5716 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5717 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5718 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5719 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5720 will be added back in. */
5721 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5722
5723 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5724 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5725 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5726 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5727 a pad size of zero. */
5728 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5729 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5730 break;
5731
5732 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5733 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5734 output_section_statement,
5735 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5736 break;
5737
5738 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5739 break;
5740
5741 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5742 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5743 break;
5744
5745 default:
5746 FAIL ();
5747 break;
5748 }
5749 prev = &s->header.next;
5750 }
5751 return dot;
5752 }
5753
5754 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5755 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5756 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5757 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5758
5759 bfd_boolean
5760 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5761 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5762 asection *current_section,
5763 asection *previous_section,
5764 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5765 {
5766 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5767 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5768
5769 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5770 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5771 if (new_segment)
5772 return TRUE;
5773
5774 /* Paranoia checks. */
5775 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5776 return new_segment;
5777
5778 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5779 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5780 if (config.separate_code
5781 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5782 return TRUE;
5783
5784 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5785 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5786 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5787 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5788 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5789 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5790
5791 /* More paranoia. */
5792 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5793 return new_segment;
5794
5795 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5796 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5797 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5798 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5799 return cur->region != prev->region;
5800 }
5801
5802 void
5803 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5804 {
5805 lang_statement_iteration++;
5806 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5807 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5808 }
5809
5810 static bfd_boolean
5811 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5812 {
5813 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5814 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5815 bfd_vma first, last;
5816
5817 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5818 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5819 if (first && last
5820 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5821 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5822 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5823 {
5824 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5825 return TRUE;
5826 }
5827
5828 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5829 return FALSE;
5830 }
5831
5832 static bfd_vma
5833 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5834 {
5835 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5836 asection *sec;
5837
5838 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5839 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5840 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5841
5842 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5843 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5844
5845 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5846 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5847 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5848 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5849 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5850 {
5851 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5852 desired? */
5853 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5854
5855 end = start = sec->vma;
5856 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5857 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5858 bump = desired_end - end;
5859 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5860 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5861 start += bump;
5862 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5863 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5864 desired_end = start;
5865 }
5866
5867 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5868 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5869 seg->base = desired_end;
5870 return relro_end;
5871 }
5872
5873 static bfd_boolean
5874 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5875 {
5876 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5877 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5878 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5879
5880 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5881 {
5882 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5883 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5884 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5885 }
5886 else
5887 {
5888 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5889 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5890 }
5891
5892 if (do_data_relro)
5893 {
5894 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5895 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5896
5897 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5898 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5899 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5900 {
5901 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5902 do_reset = TRUE;
5903 }
5904 }
5905
5906 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5907 do_reset = TRUE;
5908
5909 return do_reset;
5910 }
5911
5912 void
5913 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5914 {
5915 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5916 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5917
5918 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5919
5920 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5921 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5922
5923 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5924 {
5925 bfd_boolean do_reset
5926 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5927
5928 if (do_reset)
5929 {
5930 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5931 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5932 }
5933
5934 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5935 {
5936 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5937 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5938 }
5939 }
5940 }
5941
5942 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5943 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5944 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5945
5946 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5947
5948 static bfd_vma
5949 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5950 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5951 fill_type *fill,
5952 bfd_vma dot,
5953 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5954 {
5955 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5956 {
5957 switch (s->header.type)
5958 {
5959 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5960 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5961 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5962 break;
5963
5964 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5965 {
5966 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5967 bfd_vma newdot;
5968
5969 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5970 os->after_end = *found_end;
5971 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5972 {
5973 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5974 {
5975 current_section = os;
5976 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5977 }
5978 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5979 }
5980 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5981 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5982 if (!os->ignored)
5983 {
5984 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
5985 {
5986 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5987 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5988 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5989 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5990
5991 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5992 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
5993 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5994 }
5995 else
5996 dot = newdot;
5997 }
5998 }
5999 break;
6000
6001 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6002
6003 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6004 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6005 break;
6006
6007 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6008 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6009 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6010 break;
6011
6012 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6013 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6014 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6015 {
6016 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6017 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6018 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6019 }
6020 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6021 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6022 {
6023 unsigned int size;
6024 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6025 {
6026 default:
6027 abort ();
6028 case QUAD:
6029 case SQUAD:
6030 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6031 break;
6032 case LONG:
6033 size = LONG_SIZE;
6034 break;
6035 case SHORT:
6036 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6037 break;
6038 case BYTE:
6039 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6040 break;
6041 }
6042 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6043 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6044 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6045 }
6046 break;
6047
6048 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6049 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6050 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6051 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6052 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6053 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6054 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6055 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6056 break;
6057
6058 case lang_input_section_enum:
6059 {
6060 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6061
6062 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6063 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6064 }
6065 break;
6066
6067 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6068 break;
6069
6070 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6071 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6072 break;
6073
6074 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6075 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6076 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6077 {
6078 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6079
6080 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6081 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6082
6083 while (*p == '_')
6084 ++p;
6085 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6086 *found_end = TRUE;
6087 }
6088 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6089 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6090 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6091 &dot);
6092 break;
6093
6094 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6095 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6096 break;
6097
6098 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6099 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6100 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6101 break;
6102
6103 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6104 break;
6105
6106 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6107 break;
6108
6109 default:
6110 FAIL ();
6111 break;
6112 }
6113 }
6114 return dot;
6115 }
6116
6117 void
6118 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6119 {
6120 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6121
6122 current_section = NULL;
6123 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6124 expld.phase = phase;
6125 lang_statement_iteration++;
6126 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6127 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6128 }
6129
6130 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6131 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6132 of "dot". */
6133
6134 asection *
6135 section_for_dot (void)
6136 {
6137 asection *s;
6138
6139 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6140 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6141 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6142 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6143 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6144 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6145 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6146 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6147 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6148 {
6149 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6150 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6151
6152 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6153 stmt != NULL;
6154 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6155 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6156 break;
6157
6158 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6159 while (os != NULL
6160 && !os->after_end
6161 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6162 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6163 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6164 os->bfd_section)))
6165 os = os->next;
6166
6167 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6168 {
6169 if (os != NULL)
6170 s = os->bfd_section;
6171 else
6172 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6173 while (s != NULL
6174 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6175 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6176 s = s->prev;
6177 if (s != NULL)
6178 return s;
6179
6180 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6181 }
6182 }
6183
6184 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6185
6186 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6187 while (s != NULL
6188 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6189 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6190 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6191 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6192 s = s->prev;
6193 if (s == NULL)
6194 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6195 while (s != NULL
6196 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6197 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6198 s = s->next;
6199 if (s != NULL)
6200 return s;
6201
6202 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6203 }
6204
6205 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6206
6207 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6208 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6209 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6210
6211 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6212 to start_stop_syms. */
6213
6214 static void
6215 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6216 {
6217 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6218
6219 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6220 if (h != NULL)
6221 {
6222 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6223 {
6224 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6225 start_stop_syms
6226 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6227 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6228 }
6229 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6230 }
6231 }
6232
6233 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6234 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6235 preliminary definitions. */
6236
6237 static void
6238 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6239 {
6240 bfd *abfd;
6241 asection *s;
6242 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6243
6244 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6245 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6246 {
6247 const char *ps;
6248 const char *secname = s->name;
6249
6250 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6251 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6252 break;
6253 if (*ps == '\0')
6254 {
6255 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6256
6257 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6258 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6259 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6260
6261 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6262 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6263 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6264
6265 free (symbol);
6266 }
6267 }
6268 }
6269
6270 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6271
6272 static void
6273 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6274 {
6275 size_t i;
6276
6277 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6278 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6279 }
6280
6281 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6282 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6283 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6284 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6285 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6286
6287 static void
6288 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6289 {
6290 if (h->ldscript_def)
6291 return;
6292
6293 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6294 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6295 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6296 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6297 {
6298 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6299 h->u.def.section->name);
6300 if (sec != NULL)
6301 {
6302 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6303 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6304 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6305 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6306 if there is still an output section with section name
6307 SECNAME. */
6308 asection *i;
6309 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6310 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6311 {
6312 h->u.def.section = i;
6313 return;
6314 }
6315 }
6316 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6317 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6318 }
6319 }
6320
6321 static void
6322 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6323 {
6324 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6325 }
6326
6327 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6328 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6329 preliminary definitions. */
6330
6331 static void
6332 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6333 {
6334 asection *s;
6335
6336 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6337 {
6338 const char *secname = s->name;
6339 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6340
6341 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6342 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6343
6344 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6345 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6346 free (symbol);
6347 }
6348 }
6349
6350 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6351
6352 static void
6353 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6354 {
6355 if (h->ldscript_def
6356 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6357 return;
6358
6359 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6360 {
6361 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6362 .startof. already has final value. */
6363 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6364 {
6365 /* .sizeof. */
6366 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6367 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6368 }
6369 }
6370 else
6371 {
6372 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6373 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6374
6375 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6376 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6377 {
6378 /* __stop_ */
6379 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6380 }
6381 }
6382 }
6383
6384 static void
6385 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6386 {
6387 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6388 }
6389
6390 static void
6391 lang_end (void)
6392 {
6393 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6394 bfd_boolean warn;
6395
6396 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6397 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6398 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6399 else
6400 warn = TRUE;
6401
6402 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6403 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6404 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6405 && link_info.gc_sections
6406 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported
6407 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6408 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6409 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6410
6411 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6412 {
6413 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6414 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6415 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6416 warn = FALSE;
6417 }
6418
6419 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6420 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6421 if (h != NULL
6422 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6423 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6424 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6425 {
6426 bfd_vma val;
6427
6428 val = (h->u.def.value
6429 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6430 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6431 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6432 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6433 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6434 }
6435 else
6436 {
6437 bfd_vma val;
6438 const char *send;
6439
6440 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6441 number. */
6442 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6443 if (*send == '\0')
6444 {
6445 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6446 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6447 }
6448 else
6449 {
6450 asection *ts;
6451
6452 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6453 the first address in the text section. */
6454 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6455 if (ts != NULL)
6456 {
6457 if (warn)
6458 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6459 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6460 entry_symbol.name,
6461 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6462 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6463 (link_info.output_bfd,
6464 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6465 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6466 }
6467 else
6468 {
6469 if (warn)
6470 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6471 " not setting start address\n"),
6472 entry_symbol.name);
6473 }
6474 }
6475 }
6476 }
6477
6478 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6479 BFD. */
6480
6481 static void
6482 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6483 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6484 {
6485 /* Don't do anything. */
6486 }
6487
6488 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6489 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6490 other checking that is needed. */
6491
6492 static void
6493 lang_check (void)
6494 {
6495 lang_statement_union_type *file;
6496 bfd *input_bfd;
6497 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6498
6499 for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
6500 {
6501 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6502 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6503 if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6504 continue;
6505 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6506 input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6507 compatible
6508 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6509 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6510
6511 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6512 link between differing object formats when the input
6513 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6514 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6515 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6516 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6517 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6518 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6519 && (compatible == NULL
6520 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6521 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6522 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6523 {
6524 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6525 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6526 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6527 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6528 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6529 }
6530
6531 if (compatible == NULL)
6532 {
6533 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6534 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6535 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6536 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6537 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6538 }
6539 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6540 {
6541 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6542 private data of the output bfd. */
6543
6544 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6545
6546 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6547 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6548 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6549 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6550 information which is needed in the output file. */
6551 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6552 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6553 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6554 {
6555 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6556 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6557 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6558 }
6559 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6560 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6561 }
6562 }
6563 }
6564
6565 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6566 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6567 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6568
6569 static void
6570 lang_common (void)
6571 {
6572 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6573 return;
6574 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6575 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6576 return;
6577
6578 if (!config.sort_common)
6579 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6580 else
6581 {
6582 unsigned int power;
6583
6584 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6585 {
6586 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6587 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6588
6589 power = 0;
6590 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6591 }
6592 else
6593 {
6594 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6595 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6596
6597 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6598 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6599 }
6600 }
6601 }
6602
6603 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6604
6605 static bfd_boolean
6606 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6607 {
6608 unsigned int power_of_two;
6609 bfd_vma size;
6610 asection *section;
6611
6612 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6613 return TRUE;
6614
6615 size = h->u.c.size;
6616 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6617
6618 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6619 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6620 return TRUE;
6621 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6622 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6623 return TRUE;
6624
6625 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6626 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6627 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6628 h->root.string);
6629
6630 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6631 {
6632 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6633 int len;
6634 char *name;
6635 char buf[50];
6636
6637 if (!header_printed)
6638 {
6639 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6640 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6641 header_printed = TRUE;
6642 }
6643
6644 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6645 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6646 if (name == NULL)
6647 {
6648 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6649 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6650 }
6651 else
6652 {
6653 minfo ("%s", name);
6654 len = strlen (name);
6655 free (name);
6656 }
6657
6658 if (len >= 19)
6659 {
6660 print_nl ();
6661 len = 0;
6662 }
6663 while (len < 20)
6664 {
6665 print_space ();
6666 ++len;
6667 }
6668
6669 minfo ("0x");
6670 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6671 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6672 else
6673 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6674 minfo ("%s", buf);
6675 len = strlen (buf);
6676
6677 while (len < 16)
6678 {
6679 print_space ();
6680 ++len;
6681 }
6682
6683 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6684 }
6685
6686 return TRUE;
6687 }
6688
6689 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6690 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6691 option are handled here. */
6692
6693 static void
6694 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6695 {
6696 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6697 {
6698 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6699 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6700 TRUE);
6701 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6702 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6703 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6704 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6705 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6706 }
6707 else
6708 {
6709 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6710 const char *name = s->name;
6711 int constraint = 0;
6712
6713 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6714 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
6715 s, s->owner);
6716
6717 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6718 constraint = SPECIAL;
6719
6720 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6721 if (os == NULL)
6722 {
6723 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6724 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6725 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6726 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6727 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6728 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6729 }
6730
6731 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6732 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6733 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
6734 s, s->owner, os->name);
6735 }
6736 }
6737
6738 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6739 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6740 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6741
6742 static void
6743 lang_place_orphans (void)
6744 {
6745 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6746 {
6747 asection *s;
6748
6749 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6750 {
6751 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6752 {
6753 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6754 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6755
6756 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6757 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6758 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6759 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6760 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6761 {
6762 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6763 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6764 with the wildcard. */
6765 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6766 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6767 {
6768 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6769 default_common_section
6770 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6771 TRUE);
6772 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6773 NULL, default_common_section);
6774 }
6775 }
6776 else
6777 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6778 }
6779 }
6780 }
6781 }
6782
6783 void
6784 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6785 {
6786 flagword *ptr_flags;
6787
6788 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6789
6790 while (*flags)
6791 {
6792 switch (*flags)
6793 {
6794 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6795 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6796 case '!':
6797 invert = !invert;
6798 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6799 break;
6800
6801 case 'A': case 'a':
6802 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6803 break;
6804
6805 case 'R': case 'r':
6806 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6807 break;
6808
6809 case 'W': case 'w':
6810 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6811 break;
6812
6813 case 'X': case 'x':
6814 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6815 break;
6816
6817 case 'L': case 'l':
6818 case 'I': case 'i':
6819 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6820 break;
6821
6822 default:
6823 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6824 *flags, *flags);
6825 break;
6826 }
6827 flags++;
6828 }
6829 }
6830
6831 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
6832 on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6833
6834 void
6835 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6836 {
6837 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6838
6839 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6840 f != NULL;
6841 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
6842 func (f);
6843 }
6844
6845 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
6846 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6847 not be called on the archive file itself. */
6848
6849 void
6850 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6851 {
6852 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6853 {
6854 func (f);
6855 }
6856 }
6857
6858 void
6859 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6860 {
6861 lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6862 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6863 &entry->next);
6864
6865 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6866 a link. */
6867 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6868 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6869
6870 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6871 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6872 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6873 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6874
6875 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6876 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6877 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6878 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6879 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6880 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6881 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6882 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6883 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6884
6885 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6886 }
6887
6888 void
6889 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6890 {
6891 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6892 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6893 {
6894 output_filename = name;
6895 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6896 }
6897 }
6898
6899 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6900 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6901 etree_type *address_exp,
6902 enum section_type sectype,
6903 etree_type *align,
6904 etree_type *subalign,
6905 etree_type *ebase,
6906 int constraint,
6907 int align_with_input)
6908 {
6909 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6910
6911 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6912 constraint, TRUE);
6913 current_section = os;
6914
6915 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6916 {
6917 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6918 }
6919 os->sectype = sectype;
6920 if (sectype != noload_section)
6921 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6922 else
6923 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6924 os->block_value = 1;
6925
6926 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6927 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6928
6929 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6930 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6931 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6932 NULL);
6933
6934 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
6935 os->section_alignment = align;
6936
6937 os->load_base = ebase;
6938 return os;
6939 }
6940
6941 void
6942 lang_final (void)
6943 {
6944 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6945
6946 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6947 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6948 }
6949
6950 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6951
6952 void
6953 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6954 {
6955 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6956 asection *o;
6957 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6958
6959 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6960 {
6961 p->current = p->origin;
6962 p->last_os = NULL;
6963 }
6964
6965 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6966 os != NULL;
6967 os = os->next)
6968 {
6969 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6970 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6971 }
6972
6973 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6974 {
6975 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
6976 o->rawsize = o->size;
6977 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6978 o->size = 0;
6979 }
6980 }
6981
6982 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
6983
6984 static void
6985 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6986 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6987 asection *section,
6988 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6989 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6990 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6991 {
6992 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6993 should be as well. */
6994 if (ptr->keep_sections)
6995 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6996 }
6997
6998 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
6999
7000 static void
7001 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7002 {
7003 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7004 {
7005 switch (s->header.type)
7006 {
7007 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7008 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7009 break;
7010 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7011 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7012 break;
7013 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7014 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7015 break;
7016 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7017 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7018 break;
7019 default:
7020 break;
7021 }
7022 }
7023 }
7024
7025 static void
7026 lang_gc_sections (void)
7027 {
7028 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7029 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7030
7031 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7032 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7033 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7034 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7035 {
7036 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7037 {
7038 asection *sec;
7039 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7040 if (f->flags.claimed)
7041 continue;
7042 #endif
7043 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7044 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7045 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7046 }
7047 }
7048
7049 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7050 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7051 }
7052
7053 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7054
7055 static void
7056 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7057 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7058 asection *section,
7059 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7060 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7061 void *data)
7062 {
7063 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7064 size. */
7065 if (section->output_section != NULL
7066 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7067 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7068 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7069 && section->size != 0)
7070 {
7071 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7072 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7073 }
7074 }
7075
7076 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7077
7078 static void
7079 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7080 seg_align_type *seg,
7081 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7082 {
7083 if (*has_relro_section)
7084 return;
7085
7086 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7087 {
7088 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7089 break;
7090
7091 switch (s->header.type)
7092 {
7093 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7094 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7095 find_relro_section_callback,
7096 has_relro_section);
7097 break;
7098 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7099 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7100 seg, has_relro_section);
7101 break;
7102 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7103 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7104 seg, has_relro_section);
7105 break;
7106 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7107 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7108 seg, has_relro_section);
7109 break;
7110 default:
7111 break;
7112 }
7113 }
7114 }
7115
7116 static void
7117 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7118 {
7119 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7120
7121 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7122
7123 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7124 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7125
7126 if (!has_relro_section)
7127 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7128 }
7129
7130 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7131
7132 void
7133 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7134 {
7135 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7136 {
7137 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7138 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7139
7140 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7141 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7142
7143 while (i--)
7144 {
7145 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7146 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7147
7148 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7149 do
7150 {
7151 link_info.relax_trip++;
7152
7153 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7154 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7155 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7156
7157 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7158 section sizes. */
7159 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7160
7161 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7162 size. */
7163 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7164
7165 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7166 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7167 relax_again = FALSE;
7168 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7169 }
7170 while (relax_again);
7171
7172 link_info.relax_pass++;
7173 }
7174 need_layout = TRUE;
7175 }
7176
7177 if (need_layout)
7178 {
7179 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7180 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7181 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7182 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7183 }
7184 }
7185
7186 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7187 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7188 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7189 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7190 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7191 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7192 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7193 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7194 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7195 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7196 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7197
7198 static lang_input_statement_type *
7199 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
7200 {
7201 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7202 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7203 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
7204 claim1 != NULL;
7205 claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
7206 {
7207 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7208 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7209 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7210 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7211 lastobject = claim1;
7212 }
7213 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7214 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7215 insert point. */
7216 return lastobject;
7217 }
7218
7219 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7220 added during a rescan. */
7221
7222 static lang_statement_union_type **
7223 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7224 {
7225 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7226 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7227 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7228 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7229 lang_statement_union_type **iter = NULL;
7230
7231 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7232 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7233
7234 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7235 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7236 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7237 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7238 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7239 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7240 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7241 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7242 f != NULL;
7243 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
7244 {
7245 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7246 {
7247 before = last_loaded;
7248 if (f->next != NULL)
7249 return &f->next->input_statement.next;
7250 }
7251 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7252 last_loaded = f;
7253 }
7254
7255 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7256 *iter != NULL;
7257 iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7258 if (!(*iter)->input_statement.flags.claim_archive
7259 && (*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7260 break;
7261
7262 return iter;
7263 }
7264
7265 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7266 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7267 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7268
7269 static void
7270 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7271 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7272 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7273 {
7274 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7275 *field = srclist->head;
7276 if (destlist->tail == field)
7277 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7278 }
7279
7280 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7281 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7282
7283 static void
7284 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7285 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7286 {
7287 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7288 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7289 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7290 savetail = origlist->tail;
7291 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7292 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7293 destlist->tail = savetail;
7294 *savetail = NULL;
7295 }
7296 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7297
7298 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7299
7300 void
7301 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7302 {
7303 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7304
7305 if (name == NULL)
7306 return;
7307
7308 sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7309
7310 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7311 sym->name = name;
7312 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7313 }
7314
7315 /* Check relocations. */
7316
7317 static void
7318 lang_check_relocs (void)
7319 {
7320 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7321 {
7322 bfd *abfd;
7323
7324 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7325 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7326 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7327 {
7328 /* No object output, fail return. */
7329 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7330 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7331 continue the scan in case there are other
7332 bad relocations to report. */
7333 }
7334 }
7335 }
7336
7337 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7338 propagate forward the lma region. */
7339
7340 static void
7341 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7342 {
7343 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7344
7345 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7346 os != NULL;
7347 os = os->next)
7348 {
7349 if (os->prev != NULL
7350 && os->lma_region == NULL
7351 && os->load_base == NULL
7352 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7353 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7354 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7355 }
7356 }
7357
7358 void
7359 lang_process (void)
7360 {
7361 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7362 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7363 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7364
7365 current_target = default_target;
7366
7367 /* Open the output file. */
7368 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7369 init_opb ();
7370
7371 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7372
7373 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7374 lang_place_undefineds ();
7375
7376 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7377 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7378
7379 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7380 current_target = default_target;
7381 lang_statement_iteration++;
7382 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7383 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7384 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7385 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7386
7387 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7388 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7389 {
7390 lang_statement_list_type added;
7391 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7392
7393 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7394 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7395 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7396 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7397 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7398 file. */
7399 added = *stat_ptr;
7400 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7401 files = file_chain;
7402 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7403 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7404 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7405 plugin_error_plugin ());
7406 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7407 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7408 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7409 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7410 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7411 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7412 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7413 /* Were any new files added? */
7414 if (added.head != NULL)
7415 {
7416 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7417 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin. */
7418 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
7419 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7420 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7421 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7422 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7423 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7424 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7425 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
7426 &plugin_insert->header.next);
7427 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7428 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7429 &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7430 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7431 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7432 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7433 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7434 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
7435 else
7436 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7437
7438 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7439 files = file_chain;
7440 lang_statement_iteration++;
7441 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7442 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7443 while (files.head != NULL)
7444 {
7445 lang_statement_union_type **insert;
7446 lang_statement_union_type **iter, *temp;
7447 bfd *my_arch;
7448
7449 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7450 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7451 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7452 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7453 if (my_arch != NULL)
7454 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7455 if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7456 break;
7457 temp = *insert;
7458 *insert = files.head;
7459 files.head = *iter;
7460 *iter = temp;
7461 if (my_arch != NULL)
7462 {
7463 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7464 if (parent != NULL)
7465 parent->next = (lang_statement_union_type *)
7466 ((char *) iter
7467 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7468 }
7469 }
7470 }
7471 }
7472 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7473
7474 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7475 before now. */
7476 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7477
7478 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7479
7480 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7481 {
7482 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7483
7484 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7485 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7486 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7487 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7488 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7489 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7490 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7491 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7492 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7493 }
7494
7495 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7496 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7497
7498 ldemul_after_open ();
7499 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7500 lang_print_asneeded ();
7501
7502 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7503
7504 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7505 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7506 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7507 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7508 link. */
7509 lang_check ();
7510
7511 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7512 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7513 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7514
7515 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7516 files. */
7517 ldctor_build_sets ();
7518
7519 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7520 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7521 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7522 if (config.build_constructors)
7523 lang_init_start_stop ();
7524
7525 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7526 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7527 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7528 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7529
7530 /* Size up the common data. */
7531 lang_common ();
7532
7533 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7534 lang_gc_sections ();
7535
7536 /* Check relocations. */
7537 lang_check_relocs ();
7538
7539 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7540
7541 /* Update wild statements. */
7542 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7543
7544 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7545 to the correct output sections. */
7546 lang_statement_iteration++;
7547 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7548
7549 process_insert_statements ();
7550
7551 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7552 lang_place_orphans ();
7553
7554 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7555 {
7556 asection *found;
7557
7558 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7559 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7560 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7561 is hard then. */
7562 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7563
7564 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7565 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7566
7567 if (found != NULL)
7568 {
7569 if (config.text_read_only)
7570 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7571 else
7572 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7573 }
7574 }
7575
7576 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7577 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7578
7579 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7580 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7581 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7582 if (config.build_constructors)
7583 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7584
7585 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7586 dynamic symbols are created. */
7587 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7588 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7589
7590 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7591 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7592 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7593
7594 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7595 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7596 lang_record_phdrs ();
7597
7598 /* Check relro sections. */
7599 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7600 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7601
7602 /* Size up the sections. */
7603 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7604
7605 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7606 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7607 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7608
7609 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7610 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7611
7612 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
7613 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
7614 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
7615 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
7616 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
7617 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7618
7619 ldemul_finish ();
7620
7621 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7622 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7623
7624 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7625 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7626 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7627
7628 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7629 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7630
7631 lang_end ();
7632 }
7633
7634 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7635
7636 void
7637 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7638 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7639 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7640 {
7641 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7642 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7643
7644 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7645 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7646 curr != NULL;
7647 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7648 {
7649 next = curr->next;
7650 curr->next = section_list;
7651 }
7652
7653 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7654 {
7655 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7656 filespec->name = NULL;
7657 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7658 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7659 }
7660
7661 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7662 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7663 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7664 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7665 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7666 if (filespec != NULL)
7667 {
7668 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7669 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7670 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7671 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7672 }
7673 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7674 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7675 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7676 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7677 }
7678
7679 void
7680 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7681 const segment_type *segment)
7682 {
7683 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7684
7685 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7686 ad->section_name = name;
7687 ad->address = address;
7688 ad->segment = segment;
7689 }
7690
7691 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7692 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7693 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7694 precedence. */
7695
7696 void
7697 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7698 {
7699 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7700 || cmdline
7701 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7702 {
7703 entry_symbol.name = name;
7704 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7705 }
7706 }
7707
7708 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7709 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7710 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7711 must be permanently allocated. */
7712 void
7713 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7714 {
7715 entry_symbol_default = name;
7716 }
7717
7718 void
7719 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7720 {
7721 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7722
7723 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7724 new_stmt->target = name;
7725 }
7726
7727 void
7728 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7729 {
7730 while (*name)
7731 {
7732 switch (*name)
7733 {
7734 case 'F':
7735 map_option_f = TRUE;
7736 break;
7737 }
7738 name++;
7739 }
7740 }
7741
7742 void
7743 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7744 {
7745 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7746
7747 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7748 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7749 }
7750
7751 void
7752 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7753 {
7754 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7755
7756 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7757 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7758 new_stmt->type = type;
7759 }
7760
7761 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7762 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7763 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7764 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7765 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7766 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7767
7768 void
7769 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7770 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7771 asection *section,
7772 const char *name,
7773 union etree_union *addend)
7774 {
7775 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7776
7777 p->reloc = reloc;
7778 p->howto = howto;
7779 p->section = section;
7780 p->name = name;
7781 p->addend_exp = addend;
7782
7783 p->addend_value = 0;
7784 p->output_section = NULL;
7785 p->output_offset = 0;
7786 }
7787
7788 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7789 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7790 {
7791 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7792
7793 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7794 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7795 return new_stmt;
7796 }
7797
7798 void
7799 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7800 {
7801 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7802 }
7803
7804 void
7805 lang_startup (const char *name)
7806 {
7807 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7808 {
7809 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7810 }
7811 first_file->filename = name;
7812 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7813 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7814 }
7815
7816 void
7817 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7818 {
7819 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7820 }
7821
7822
7823 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7824 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7825
7826 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7827 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7828 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7829 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7830 had an explicit load address.
7831
7832 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7833
7834 static void
7835 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7836 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7837 const char *memspec,
7838 const char *lma_memspec,
7839 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7840 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7841 {
7842 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7843
7844 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7845 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7846 as well. */
7847 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7848 && !have_vma
7849 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7850 *region = *lma_region;
7851 else
7852 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7853
7854 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7855 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7856 NULL);
7857 }
7858
7859 void
7860 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7861 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7862 const char *lma_memspec)
7863 {
7864 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7865 &current_section->lma_region,
7866 memspec, lma_memspec,
7867 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7868 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7869
7870 current_section->fill = fill;
7871 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7872 pop_stat_ptr ();
7873 }
7874
7875 void
7876 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7877 lang_statement_union_type *element,
7878 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7879 {
7880 *(list->tail) = element;
7881 list->tail = field;
7882 }
7883
7884 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7885
7886 void
7887 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7888 const char *big,
7889 const char *little,
7890 int from_script)
7891 {
7892 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7893 {
7894 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7895 && big != NULL)
7896 format = big;
7897 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7898 && little != NULL)
7899 format = little;
7900
7901 output_target = format;
7902 }
7903 }
7904
7905 void
7906 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7907 {
7908 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7909
7910 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7911 new_stmt->where = where;
7912 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7913 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7914 }
7915
7916 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7917 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
7918
7919 void
7920 lang_enter_group (void)
7921 {
7922 lang_group_statement_type *g;
7923
7924 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7925 lang_list_init (&g->children);
7926 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7927 }
7928
7929 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7930 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
7931 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7932 but currently they can't. */
7933
7934 void
7935 lang_leave_group (void)
7936 {
7937 pop_stat_ptr ();
7938 }
7939
7940 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7941 command in a linker script. */
7942
7943 void
7944 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7945 etree_type *type,
7946 bfd_boolean filehdr,
7947 bfd_boolean phdrs,
7948 etree_type *at,
7949 etree_type *flags)
7950 {
7951 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7952 bfd_boolean hdrs;
7953
7954 n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7955 n->next = NULL;
7956 n->name = name;
7957 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
7958 n->filehdr = filehdr;
7959 n->phdrs = phdrs;
7960 n->at = at;
7961 n->flags = flags;
7962
7963 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7964
7965 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7966 if (hdrs
7967 && (*pp)->type == 1
7968 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7969 {
7970 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7971 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7972 hdrs = FALSE;
7973 }
7974
7975 *pp = n;
7976 }
7977
7978 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
7979 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
7980
7981 static void
7982 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7983 {
7984 unsigned int alc;
7985 asection **secs;
7986 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7987 struct lang_phdr *l;
7988 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7989
7990 alc = 10;
7991 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7992 last = NULL;
7993
7994 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7995 {
7996 unsigned int c;
7997 flagword flags;
7998 bfd_vma at;
7999
8000 c = 0;
8001 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
8002 os != NULL;
8003 os = os->next)
8004 {
8005 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8006
8007 if (os->constraint < 0)
8008 continue;
8009
8010 pl = os->phdrs;
8011 if (pl != NULL)
8012 last = pl;
8013 else
8014 {
8015 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8016 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8017 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8018 continue;
8019
8020 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8021 if (l->type == 3)
8022 continue;
8023
8024 if (last == NULL)
8025 {
8026 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8027
8028 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8029 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8030 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8031 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8032 header and there are sections in that script which are
8033 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8034 use of that header. See here for more details:
8035 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8036 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8037 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8038 {
8039 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8040 break;
8041 }
8042 if (last == NULL)
8043 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8044 }
8045 pl = last;
8046 }
8047
8048 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8049 continue;
8050
8051 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8052 {
8053 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8054 {
8055 if (c >= alc)
8056 {
8057 alc *= 2;
8058 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8059 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8060 }
8061 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8062 ++c;
8063 pl->used = TRUE;
8064 }
8065 }
8066 }
8067
8068 if (l->flags == NULL)
8069 flags = 0;
8070 else
8071 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8072
8073 if (l->at == NULL)
8074 at = 0;
8075 else
8076 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8077
8078 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8079 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8080 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8081 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8082 }
8083
8084 free (secs);
8085
8086 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8087 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
8088 os != NULL;
8089 os = os->next)
8090 {
8091 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8092
8093 if (os->constraint < 0
8094 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8095 continue;
8096
8097 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8098 pl != NULL;
8099 pl = pl->next)
8100 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8101 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8102 os->name, pl->name);
8103 }
8104 }
8105
8106 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8107
8108 void
8109 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8110 {
8111 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8112
8113 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8114 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8115 n->list = l;
8116 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8117 nocrossref_list = n;
8118
8119 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8120 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8121 }
8122
8123 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8124
8125 void
8126 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8127 {
8128 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8129 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8130 }
8131 \f
8132 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8133
8134 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8135 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8136 /* And subsection alignment. */
8137 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8138
8139 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8140 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8141
8142 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8143
8144 struct overlay_list {
8145 struct overlay_list *next;
8146 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8147 };
8148
8149 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8150
8151 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8152
8153 void
8154 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8155 {
8156 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8157 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8158 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8159 && overlay_max == NULL);
8160
8161 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8162 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8163 }
8164
8165 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8166 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8167 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8168
8169 void
8170 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8171 {
8172 struct overlay_list *n;
8173 etree_type *size;
8174
8175 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8176 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8177
8178 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8179 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8180 used in the addresses. */
8181 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8182 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8183
8184 /* Remember the section. */
8185 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8186 n->os = current_section;
8187 n->next = overlay_list;
8188 overlay_list = n;
8189
8190 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8191
8192 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8193 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8194 overlay_max = size;
8195 else
8196 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8197 }
8198
8199 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8200 here. */
8201
8202 void
8203 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8204 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8205 {
8206 const char *name;
8207 char *clean, *s2;
8208 const char *s1;
8209 char *buf;
8210
8211 name = current_section->name;
8212
8213 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8214 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8215 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8216 override it. */
8217 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8218
8219 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8220
8221 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8222 s2 = clean;
8223 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8224 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8225 *s2++ = *s1;
8226 *s2 = '\0';
8227
8228 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8229 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8230 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8231 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8232 FALSE));
8233
8234 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8235 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8236 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8237 exp_binop ('+',
8238 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8239 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8240 FALSE));
8241
8242 free (clean);
8243 }
8244
8245 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8246 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8247
8248 void
8249 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8250 int nocrossrefs,
8251 fill_type *fill,
8252 const char *memspec,
8253 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8254 const char *lma_memspec)
8255 {
8256 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8257 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8258 struct overlay_list *l;
8259 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8260
8261 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8262 memspec, lma_memspec,
8263 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8264
8265 nocrossref = NULL;
8266
8267 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8268 overlay region. */
8269 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8270 {
8271 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8272 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8273 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8274 }
8275
8276 l = overlay_list;
8277 while (l != NULL)
8278 {
8279 struct overlay_list *next;
8280
8281 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8282 l->os->fill = fill;
8283
8284 l->os->region = region;
8285 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8286
8287 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8288 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8289 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8290 an LMA region was specified. */
8291 if (l->next == 0)
8292 {
8293 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8294 l->os->sectype = normal_section;
8295 }
8296 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8297 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8298
8299 if (nocrossrefs)
8300 {
8301 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8302
8303 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8304 nc->name = l->os->name;
8305 nc->next = nocrossref;
8306 nocrossref = nc;
8307 }
8308
8309 next = l->next;
8310 free (l);
8311 l = next;
8312 }
8313
8314 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8315 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8316
8317 overlay_vma = NULL;
8318 overlay_list = NULL;
8319 overlay_max = NULL;
8320 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8321 }
8322 \f
8323 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8324
8325 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8326 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8327 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8328
8329 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8330 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8331 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8332 const char *sym)
8333 {
8334 const char *c_sym;
8335 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8336 const char *java_sym = sym;
8337 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8338 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8339
8340 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8341 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8342 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8343 if (!c_sym)
8344 c_sym = sym;
8345 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8346
8347 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8348 {
8349 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8350 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8351 if (!cxx_sym)
8352 cxx_sym = sym;
8353 }
8354 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8355 {
8356 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8357 if (!java_sym)
8358 java_sym = sym;
8359 }
8360
8361 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8362 {
8363 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8364
8365 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8366 {
8367 case 0:
8368 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8369 {
8370 e.pattern = c_sym;
8371 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8372 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8373 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8374 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8375 goto out_ret;
8376 else
8377 expr = expr->next;
8378 }
8379 /* Fallthrough */
8380 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8381 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8382 {
8383 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8384 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8385 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8386 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8387 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8388 goto out_ret;
8389 else
8390 expr = expr->next;
8391 }
8392 /* Fallthrough */
8393 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8394 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8395 {
8396 e.pattern = java_sym;
8397 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8398 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8399 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8400 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8401 goto out_ret;
8402 else
8403 expr = expr->next;
8404 }
8405 /* Fallthrough */
8406 default:
8407 break;
8408 }
8409 }
8410
8411 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8412 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8413 expr = head->remaining;
8414 else
8415 expr = prev->next;
8416 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8417 {
8418 const char *s;
8419
8420 if (!expr->pattern)
8421 continue;
8422
8423 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8424 break;
8425
8426 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8427 s = java_sym;
8428 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8429 s = cxx_sym;
8430 else
8431 s = c_sym;
8432 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8433 break;
8434 }
8435
8436 out_ret:
8437 if (c_sym != sym)
8438 free ((char *) c_sym);
8439 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8440 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8441 if (java_sym != sym)
8442 free ((char *) java_sym);
8443 return expr;
8444 }
8445
8446 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8447 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8448
8449 static const char *
8450 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8451 {
8452 const char *p;
8453 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8454 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8455
8456 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8457 {
8458 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8459 backslash. */
8460 if (backslash)
8461 {
8462 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8463 *(s - 1) = *p;
8464 backslash = FALSE;
8465 changed = TRUE;
8466 }
8467 else
8468 {
8469 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8470 {
8471 free (symbol);
8472 return NULL;
8473 }
8474
8475 *s++ = *p;
8476 backslash = *p == '\\';
8477 }
8478 }
8479
8480 if (changed)
8481 {
8482 *s = '\0';
8483 return symbol;
8484 }
8485 else
8486 {
8487 free (symbol);
8488 return pattern;
8489 }
8490 }
8491
8492 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8493 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8494 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8495
8496 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8497 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8498 const char *new_name,
8499 const char *lang,
8500 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8501 {
8502 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8503
8504 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8505 ret->next = orig;
8506 ret->symver = 0;
8507 ret->script = 0;
8508 ret->literal = TRUE;
8509 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8510 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8511 {
8512 ret->pattern = new_name;
8513 ret->literal = FALSE;
8514 }
8515
8516 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8517 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8518 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8519 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8520 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8521 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8522 else
8523 {
8524 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8525 lang);
8526 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8527 }
8528
8529 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8530 }
8531
8532 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8533 expressions. */
8534
8535 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8536 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8537 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8538 {
8539 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8540
8541 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8542 ret->globals.list = globals;
8543 ret->locals.list = locals;
8544 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8545 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8546 return ret;
8547 }
8548
8549 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8550
8551 static int version_index;
8552
8553 static hashval_t
8554 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8555 {
8556 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8557 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8558
8559 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8560 }
8561
8562 static int
8563 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8564 {
8565 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8566 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8567 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8568 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8569
8570 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8571 }
8572
8573 static void
8574 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8575 {
8576 size_t count = 0;
8577 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8578 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8579
8580 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8581 {
8582 if (e->literal)
8583 count++;
8584 head->mask |= e->mask;
8585 }
8586
8587 if (count)
8588 {
8589 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8590 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8591 list_loc = &head->list;
8592 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8593 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8594 {
8595 next = e->next;
8596 if (!e->literal)
8597 {
8598 *remaining_loc = e;
8599 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8600 }
8601 else
8602 {
8603 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8604
8605 if (*loc)
8606 {
8607 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8608
8609 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8610 last = NULL;
8611 do
8612 {
8613 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8614 {
8615 last = NULL;
8616 break;
8617 }
8618 last = e1;
8619 e1 = e1->next;
8620 }
8621 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8622
8623 if (last == NULL)
8624 {
8625 /* This is a duplicate. */
8626 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8627 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8628 /* free (e->pattern); */
8629 free (e);
8630 }
8631 else
8632 {
8633 e->next = last->next;
8634 last->next = e;
8635 }
8636 }
8637 else
8638 {
8639 *loc = e;
8640 *list_loc = e;
8641 list_loc = &e->next;
8642 }
8643 }
8644 }
8645 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8646 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8647 }
8648 else
8649 head->remaining = head->list;
8650 }
8651
8652 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8653 version. */
8654
8655 void
8656 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8657 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8658 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8659 {
8660 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8661 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8662
8663 if (name == NULL)
8664 name = "";
8665
8666 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8667 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8668 {
8669 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8670 " with other version tags\n"));
8671 free (version);
8672 return;
8673 }
8674
8675 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8676 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8677 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8678 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8679
8680 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8681 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8682
8683 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8684 aren't any duplicates. */
8685
8686 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8687 {
8688 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8689 {
8690 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8691
8692 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8693 {
8694 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8695 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8696 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8697 {
8698 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8699 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8700 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8701 e2 = e2->next;
8702 }
8703 }
8704 else if (!e1->literal)
8705 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8706 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8707 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8708 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8709 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8710 }
8711 }
8712
8713 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8714 {
8715 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8716 {
8717 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8718
8719 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8720 {
8721 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8722 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8723 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8724 {
8725 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8726 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8727 " in version information\n"),
8728 e1->pattern);
8729 e2 = e2->next;
8730 }
8731 }
8732 else if (!e1->literal)
8733 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8734 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8735 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8736 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8737 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8738 }
8739 }
8740
8741 version->deps = deps;
8742 version->name = name;
8743 if (name[0] != '\0')
8744 {
8745 ++version_index;
8746 version->vernum = version_index;
8747 }
8748 else
8749 version->vernum = 0;
8750
8751 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8752 ;
8753 *pp = version;
8754 }
8755
8756 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8757
8758 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8759 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8760 {
8761 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8762 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8763
8764 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8765 ret->next = list;
8766
8767 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8768 {
8769 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8770 {
8771 ret->version_needed = t;
8772 return ret;
8773 }
8774 }
8775
8776 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8777
8778 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8779 return ret;
8780 }
8781
8782 static void
8783 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8784 {
8785 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8786
8787 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8788 {
8789 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8790 char *contents, *p;
8791 bfd_size_type len;
8792
8793 if (sec == NULL)
8794 continue;
8795
8796 len = sec->size;
8797 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8798 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8799 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8800
8801 p = contents;
8802 while (p < contents + len)
8803 {
8804 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8805 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8806 }
8807
8808 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8809
8810 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8811 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8812 }
8813
8814 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8815 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8816 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8817 }
8818
8819 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8820
8821 static void
8822 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8823 {
8824 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8825
8826 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8827 {
8828 if (r->origin_exp)
8829 {
8830 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8831 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8832 {
8833 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8834 r->current = r->origin;
8835 }
8836 else
8837 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8838 r->name_list.name);
8839 }
8840 if (r->length_exp)
8841 {
8842 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8843 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8844 r->length = expld.result.value;
8845 else
8846 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8847 r->name_list.name);
8848 }
8849 }
8850 }
8851
8852 void
8853 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8854 {
8855 struct unique_sections *ent;
8856
8857 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8858 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8859 return;
8860
8861 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8862 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8863 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8864 unique_section_list = ent;
8865 }
8866
8867 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8868
8869 void
8870 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8871 {
8872 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8873 {
8874 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8875 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8876 ;
8877 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8878 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8879 }
8880 else
8881 {
8882 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8883
8884 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8885 d->head.list = dynamic;
8886 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8887 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8888 }
8889 }
8890
8891 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8892 one. */
8893
8894 void
8895 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8896 {
8897 const char *symbols[] =
8898 {
8899 "typeinfo name for*",
8900 "typeinfo for*"
8901 };
8902 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8903 unsigned int i;
8904
8905 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8906 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8907 FALSE);
8908
8909 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8910 }
8911
8912 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8913 existing one. */
8914
8915 void
8916 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8917 {
8918 const char *symbols[] =
8919 {
8920 "operator new*",
8921 "operator delete*"
8922 };
8923 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8924 unsigned int i;
8925
8926 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8927 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8928 FALSE);
8929
8930 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8931 }
8932
8933 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
8934
8935 void
8936 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8937 {
8938 char *p, *q;
8939
8940 p = str;
8941 while (*p)
8942 {
8943 char sep;
8944 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8945 ++p;
8946 if (!*p)
8947 break;
8948 q = p + 1;
8949 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8950 ++q;
8951 sep = *q;
8952 *q = 0;
8953 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8954 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8955 else
8956 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8957 *q = sep;
8958 p = q;
8959 }
8960 }
8961
8962 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
8963
8964 static void
8965 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8966 {
8967 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8968 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8969 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8970 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8971 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8972 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8973 else
8974 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8975 }
8976
8977 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
8978
8979 void
8980 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8981 {
8982 lang_memory_region_type *r;
8983
8984 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
8985 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8986 {
8987 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8988 double percent;
8989
8990 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8991 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8992 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8993
8994 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8995
8996 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
8997 }
8998 }
This page took 0.217839 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.